人教版九年级上册课本-第9课故乡(人教版九年级上)

发布时间：2017-09-20 所属栏目：9年级英语

一 : 第9课故乡(人教版九年级上)

第9课故乡

教学内容

本课在教材第54-68页。《故乡》叙述了“我”重回别过二十余年的故乡的所见所闻所感，建构了回忆中的、现实的、理想的三个“故乡”，表达了“我”对未来希望的朦胧追求。

教学目标

◆知识与能力

1．了解鲁迅小说集《呐喊》的创作背景，梳理总结已学的鲁迅作品。

2．学习小说的相关知识，了解小说的基本构成要素和艺术特色。

3．学习品读人物的方法，能够运用它分析作品中的人物形象。

4．领会景物描写的作用。

5．把握作品中对比描写的写作手法。

◆过程与方法

1．学生在教师的启发引导下，梳理小说的叙述线索，明确小说的故事情节。

2．组织学生讨论交流，并通过朗读领会小说景物描写的作用。

3．通过对杨二嫂人物形象的分析，指导学生品读人物的方法，并指导学生运用这一方法分析闰土的形象。

4．提供资料、设置问题，引导学生探讨分析小说的主题以及作者复杂的情感。

◆情感、态度与价值观

1．学生能够体会“我”重回故乡所见所思时的悲凉感受，能够领悟作者对理想故乡的向往与追求。

2．学生懂得闰土悲剧的深沉和忧郁，进而思考产生这一悲剧的二十世纪初中国的社会状况。

教学重，难点及教学突破

◆重点

1．分析闰土、杨二嫂、“我”等人物形象，学习品读人物的方法。

2．学习文中几组对照描写，把握对比的写作方法。

3．领会景物描写的作用。

◇难点

1．理解文章最后的议论语句，探讨小说的主题。

2．领会作者复杂的情感。

教学突破

1．抓住对比这一写作手法，主要分析故乡的变化和故乡人的变化，兼及其他。尤其要抓住闰土这一人物形象的变化，再究其根源。

2．由人物形象的分析深入作品主题的探讨，把握作品的主要艺术特色。

教学准备

◆教师准备

1．第一课时前，布置学生预习，要求：查阅鲁迅小说集《呐喊》的有关资料，以及了解二十世纪初期中国的社会状况，翻读已经学过的鲁迅作品。

2．第二、三课时前，准备有关小说主题的资料。

学生准备

1．第一课时前，查字典，学习生字词。预习文章，通读全文，总体感受。查阅有关资料，对作者的创作思想以及作品的创作背景形成感性认识。

2．第二、三课时前，可以尝试画出自己想象中的故乡景象、闰土和杨二嫂的形象，同学问互相探讨交流。搜集鲁迅的相关资料，翻读已学过的鲁迅作品，与《故乡》的学习结合起来。

教学步骤 (第1课时)

教学流程设计

教师指导学生活动1．结合鲁迅作品的介绍，导入新课。 1．结合学过的鲁迅作品和课前查阅的

资料，进入新课的学习。2．训练学生整体阅读文章。 2．总体感知文章，把握叙述的顺序和线

索。3．朗读教学。 3．认真朗读文章景物描写，体会其中传

达的情感。4．引导学生认识环境描写的作用。 4．．结合文章理解环境描写的作用。

一、结合鲁迅作品。导入新课(约分钟)

教师活动

学生活动

1．结合鲁迅作品的介绍，导入新课。

2．检查学生预习情况，请学生简要介绍

小说集《呐喊》以及20世纪初的社会

状况，提示其把握好介绍重点。

3．转入课文的教学，请学生浏览课文，

提问：“我”是何时回故乡的?在故乡

呆了多长的时间?

4．进行学习方法指导：阅读应抓住课文

中时间或地点等转换词，可帮助你把

握文章脉络。

1．学生回忆此前学过的鲁迅的作品，如

散文《风筝》、小说《社戏》等等。

2．学生课前查阅好资料，介绍自己整理

的相关资料，同学问相互补充、评价。

3．学生通过阅读课文回答：深冬回乡，

呆了大约半个月。因课文中提及：第

二日、过了三四天、又过了九日。

4．体会文章转换词的作用，积累学习方

法。

二、设置问题。梳理小说情节线索(约分钟)

教师活动	学生活动
1．提示：既然能从文章中分析出“我”	1．总结回答：按照“回故乡”、“在故乡”、
在故乡呆了大约半个月，说明小说是按照时间顺序叙述的。那么小说按照时间叙述了哪些主要情节? 2．提问：回故乡的活动是叙述的主要线索，但中间还穿插了什么故事情节? 3．讲解分析：作者不仅仅描写了“现在” 的故乡，还描写了“回忆”中的故乡。作者这样描写的目的何在?这有待于我们进一步理解课文来解答。		“离故乡”的情节安排，描写了“我”回故乡的见闻和感受。 2．回答：还回忆了少年时和闰土相处的一段时光。 3．认真领会插叙描写，同学问互相讨论，带着疑问深入理解文章。

三、朗读教学，体会故乡景色的变化(约分钟)

教师活动

学生活动

1．组织学生找出并朗读文章中的景物

描写。

2．提问：这几段景物描写分别描写的是

什么时期的故乡?你读后有何感受?

3．肯定学生的回答，继续引导并分析：

描写“回忆”中的故乡都用暖色调，深

蓝、金黄、碧绿，给人静谧安祥的美；

描写“现实”中的故乡时则用冷色调，

苍黄、深黛，让人心感悲凉。

4．分析：小说环境描写看似闲来之笔，

实则可描绘情境，烘托人物心情。

1．找出并朗读景物描写段落，体会其中

情感感受。

2．经过讨论交流后回答：“回故乡”时所

见、回忆中的神异图画、离乡时的景

色、朦胧想象中的景色；故乡的景色

有变化。

3．再次朗读景物描写片段，对比几次景

物描写，体会文字传达的意境，由此

感受作者的情感变化。

4．结合文章领会老师的分析。

教学步骤

(第2课时)

教学流程设计

教师指导学生活动

1．复述，复习上节课所学内容，进入本1．复述小说主要情节，复习上节课所学

课。内容。

2．分析杨二嫂形象，指导品读人物的方2．分析杨二嫂形象，学习品读人物的方法。

法。

3．指导应用品读人物的方法，分析闰土3．应用品读人物的方法，分析闰土形象。

形象。

4．朗读教学，学习对比写作手法。 4．在朗读中体会对比写作手法的作用。

一、分析杨二嫂形象，指导学生品读人物的方法(约分钟)

教师活动

学生活动

1．请学生复述小说主要情节，复习上节

课所学内容。

2．提问：我们品味过故乡景色的变化，

故乡还有什么变化?

3．组织学生自主阅读，回答：杨二嫂是

个怎样的人?通过什么可以看出来?

根据学生回答适时补充、引导。

4．根据学生回答的具体情况指导学习

品读人物的方法。

1．复述小说主要情节，进一步熟悉文章

内容。

2．回答：人的变化。

3．经过自由阅读、讨论和交流后回答：

从杨二嫂的肖像、语言、动作描写，以

及她发展变化的过程来理解这个人

物。

4．由分析具体人物提升到学习品读人

物的方法，尤其注意在对比变化中、

文章前后联系中品读人物。

二、应用品读人物的方法．通过对比分析闰土形象(约分钟)

l 教师活动	学生活动
l 1．组织学生应用品读人物的方法分析	l：分组讨论，全班发言，讲述各自对闰
闰土形象，要求先概括人物性格特点，再讲述理由。 2．评点学生回答，提示学生对比手法对塑造闰土形象的作用。分析少年闰土和成年闰土形象。 3．总结讲解：小说进行了闰土外貌、动作语态、对“我”的态度、对生活的态度等方面的对照描写，刻画了他由 “小英雄”到“木偶人”的转变。 4．提问：是什么原因使闰土产生了这样的变化?		土这一人物形象的理解，形成讨论交流的气氛。 2．找出文章中闰土前后对照描写的相关语句或段落，在对比中体会闰土形象。 3．默读，领会文章中对照描写的相关信息，体会闰土性格特点的变化，领悟作者从闰土变化中感受到的悲凉。 4．回答：多子，饥荒，苛税，兵，匪，官，绅，使他苦得像一个木偶人了。

三、体会小说对比的写作手法(约分钟)

教师活动

学生活动

1．提问：对比是本文重要的写作手法，

除了对比故乡前后景色，以及杨二嫂

和闰土前后的对比之外，还有哪些对

照描写?

2．请学生评论这两组对照描写。

3．提问：作者通过对比描写要突出什

么?

4．组织学生朗读文章，按照对照描写的

不同内容分组朗读。、

1．通过阅读课文回答：“我”和闰土关系

的前后对照，“我”和闰土与宏儿和水

生的对照。

2．根据文章内容，评论这两组对照描

写。

3．回答：通过对比描写突出故乡前后的

变化。

4．有感情地朗读文章，体会对比描写的

前后变化。

教学步骤

(第3课时)

教学流程设计

教师指导学生活动

1．复习上节课学习内容，引导学生体会 1．继续学习本课，结合课文理解“我”回

“我”回乡心情的变化。乡心情的变化。

2．从情感入手，领会最后的议论语句。 2．沿着“我”的心情变化，领会议论语句

的内涵。3．提供资料，研讨小说主题。 3．探究学习，就小说主题发表自己的看

法。4．解决学生疑问。 4．自由发言，积极探讨。

一．结合交童．体会“我”回多心情的变化(约分钟)

教师活动 r

学生活动

1．复习上节课内容，进入“我”的形象的

分析。区别作者和“我”。

2．提问：未见闰土前，“我”有关闰土的

记忆是怎样的?“我”见闰土前后心

情有怎样的变化?

3．讲解分析：见面前后的心情是“我”回

乡心情的一次重要变化，与闰土见面

时“我”几次“说不出话”的原因都有

所不同，要求学生仔细体会。

4．组织学生找出文中描写“我”心情的

语句有哪些?“我”心情的变化过程

是怎样的?

1．复习上节课学习的主要内容，继续学

习本课。根据小说的特点理解“我”

和作者的不同。

2．回答：见闰土前，在“我”心中，闰土就

代表着美丽的故乡的一切记忆。未

见时，“我”心中充满期待、憧憬；见到

后，觉得隔着厚障壁，心中悲凉。

3．通过教师分析，体会美丽的故乡在

“我”心中幻灭的悲哀。理解开始“说

不出话”是由于兴奋、乍见之下的陌

生，最后“说不出话”则是由于彼此隔

膜。

4．讨论、交流后回答：“我”的心情经历

了回故乡、见故乡、忆故乡、忆闰土、

见杨二嫂、见闰土、离故乡几次变化。

二、分析最后议论语句，理解作者复杂的情感(约分钟)

教师活动		学生活动
1．提问：作者通过对比描写了故乡景物的变化、故乡人的变化、“我”回乡心情的变化，作者为什么要描写这许多变化?		1．回答：文章题为“故乡”，就是意在通过对比来突出描写“回忆”中的故乡和“现实”中的故乡的反差，从而表达作者对 “理想”故乡的向往的情感。
2．提问：“我”的心情变化与故乡种种变化有何关系? 3．指导学生理解“我”离乡时的复杂心情。 4．提问：“我躺着，听船底潺潺的水声，知道我在走我的路。”应该怎样理解? 5．提问：“我想到希望，……，我的愿望茫远罢了。”应该怎样理解? 6．提问：“希望是本无所谓有，无所谓无的。这正如地上的路；其实地上本没有路，走的人多了，也便成了路。”应该怎样理解? 7．分析讲解：注意将语句联系起来看， “我”的复杂情感反映了“现实”故乡对“我”“回忆”中的故乡的毁灭，而对于“理想”中的故乡的构思又伴随着彷徨和希望。	2．回答：“我”回乡心情的变化是故乡种种变化对“我”心情影响的直接表现。 3．朗读“我”离乡的段落，体会文中情感。 4．回答：隐含意义是指我在探索、跋涉生活的路、希望的路、国家和民族的路。 5．回答：反映了“我”在前进道路上的彷徨和茫然，缺乏创造新生活的信心和勇气。 6．回答：关键在于人应该去争取、创造，应该积极面对未来。作者没有承诺，但是给了我们希望，鼓励我们去追求。 7．再次朗读离乡的段落，结合教师的讲解品味作者的复杂情感。

三、组织对小说主题进行探究学习(约分钟)

教师活动

学生活动

1．提供关于小说主题的三种说法，组织

学生讨论。

2．讲解分析：“我”对“理想”故乡的憧

憬，实际上也是“我”对“新生活”的向

往。课文中提到了三种生活，结合课

文，说说你对这三种生活以及“新生

活”的理解。

3．请学生就各自文中疑问处自由发问，

师生共同探讨。

1．针对小说主题的三种不同说法：“隔

膜说”、“农民问题说”、“批判辛亥革

命说”进行讨论。

2．结合之前有关小说主题的讨论，理解

闰土“辛苦麻木”的生活、杨二嫂“辛

苦恣睢”的生活、“我”“辛苦展转”的

生活以及“新生活”。

3．阅读文章，提出问题，积极探讨。

本课总结

这篇作品具有“悠长的忧，悠长的美”，学生通过学习；能够了解作品中的人物形象、认识作品的主题、体味作品的艺术魅力。重要的是，通过学习，学生应懂得：欣赏小说，关键是了解小说故事情节、人物形象、环境描写三者之间的关系。教师既要使学生懂得作品的基本内涵，又要保护学生个性化的阅读体验。

板书设计

故乡

鲁迅

回忆中的故乡

↓ /杨二嫂

故乡的景色一变一故乡的人 |闰土

(对比的手法) “我”

↓

现实的故乡

理想的故乡

问题探究与拓展活动

这篇作品的主题具有多种理解，在学习过程中，应该从分析人物形象人手，在形象的对照中分析人物形象，进而层层揭示出作品的主题，给予学生充分的思考空间，让他们畅所欲言，发表自己的看法，只要言之有理有据即可。这是文章教学的关键和突破点，让学生学会分析，学会思考，掌握品读人物的方法以及懂得分析人物各种行为表现的深层原因的途径，让学生在日后的学习中迁移运用。

教学探讨与反恩

培养学生初步理解、鉴赏文学作品的能力，这是贯穿于整个学习过程的指导思想，教师教学中通过文章的教学，不仅应指导学生理解本篇作品的主题内涵、人物形象等，还应使学生学会品读人物的方法，了解小说的基本知识。另外，小说教学首先是要唤起学生对作品情感上的认同、共鸣，教学中，要注意让学生体会作品的情感氛围。

补充资料

鲁迅(1881—1936)，浙江绍兴人。原名周树人，字豫才。鲁迅出身于破落的封建家庭，1902年去日本留学，原在仙台医学院学医，后转而进行文艺创作。1918年5月，他首次用“鲁迅”的笔名，发表中国现代文学史上第一篇白话小说《狂人日记》，奠定了新文学运动的基石。五四运动设后，他参加《新青年》杂志工作，成为“五四”新文化运动的主将。鲁迅一生创作颇丰，小说、散文、散文诗、杂文等各种文学样式都有作品问世，且成就极高，现有《鲁迅全集》出版。鲁迅的一生，为中国的文化事业作出了巨大的贡献，他是一面旗帜，极具号召力和凝聚力，是青年精神上的导师，也是一名伟大的文学家和思想家。

二 : 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

第一单元走进化学世界

课题1 化学使世界变得更加绚丽多彩

教学目标

知识和技能：

知道化学是研究物质的组成、结构、性质以及规律的自然科学，它与人类进步和社会发展的关系非常密切。(www.61k.com］

过程和方法：

通过学生间相互讨论交流，培养学生良好的学习习惯和学习方法。

情感态度与价值观：

1．激发学生亲近化学、热爱化学并渴望了解化学的情感。

2．激发学生对化学的好奇心和探究的欲望。

3．体会化学与人类进步及社会发展的密切关系，认识化学的价值。

教学重点：

化学是研究物质的组成、结构、性质以及规律的自然科学

教学难点：

化学是研究物质的组成、结构、性质以及规律的自然科学

教学流程

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

活动与作业 1．阅读“绿色化学”。[www.61k.com） 2．预习课题2。

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

板书设计

第一单元走进化学世界

课题1 化学使世界变得更加绚丽多彩

1．什么是化学？

化学是研究物质的组成、结构、性质以及变化规律的科学。[www.61k.com）

2．化学与人类的关系──生活中处处有化学。

3．化学学习方法。

（1）勤思考、敢提问、善交流、常总结。

（2）讲规范、勤动手、细观察、务求真。

课后反思：

课题2 化学是一门以实验为基础的科学

教学目标

知识与能力

1．了解在日常生活中存在着许多有探究价值的问题，并可以通过实验等手段解决这

些问题。

2．了解化学是一门以实验为基础的自然科学。

3．培养观察、记录、描述和分析的能力，以及合作、交流和评价的能力。

过程与方法

本课题主要以学生的探究实验为主，因此采用探究式教学方法比较合适。在教学过程中，教师要发挥引导、指导和辅助的作用，将学习的主动权留给学生，使学生在小组合作探究的活动中深刻理解化学是以实验为基础的。

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

情感、态度与价值观

1．培养学生学生求实的探索精神。［www.61k.com］

2．培养学生的团队合作精神。

教学重点、难点及突破

重点

1．对蜡烛及其燃烧的探究。

2．探究人体吸入的空气和呼出的气体。

难点

1．蜡烛及其燃烧的探究。

2．探究人体吸入的空气和呼出的气体。

教学过程

第一课时

一、导入新课

1．引导设问：我们的生活处处都离不开化学，化学使我们的生活多姿多彩。那

么化学又是以什么为基础建立的呢？

2．讲述：大家是否还记得《西游记》中太上老君的炼丹炉？我们不要小看这个

炼丹炉，其实古代炼丹和炼金的作坊就是今天的化学实验室的前身。

3．导入新课：化学是一门以实验为基础的科学，许多的化学成果与创造都是在

实验室中反复地实验而得出的，所以说要想学好化学就必须重视化学实验。（板书：课题二化学是一门以实验为基础的科学）

二、对蜡烛及其燃烧的探究（边做实验边完成下表）

1．陈述：既然化学是一门以实验为基础的科学，今天我们就通过探究一个小实

验来体验一下化学的奥秘。

2．组织学生进行实验研究，讲述：在点燃蜡烛前，请大家开动脑筋，运用各种

手段仔细观察蜡烛的组成、形状、颜色、气味、质地、密度等，并做好详细的记录。（提示学生用水作为参照物来研究蜡烛的密度）

（1）蜡烛是石蜡和棉线做的灯芯组成的；一般蜡烛为圆柱形、乳白色、固体；特殊的蜡烛，如生日蜡烛，有多种颜色和形状，但那是添加染料后形成的；蜡烛一般都具有轻微的气味。（2）如果用小刀切下一块蜡烛放入水中，会发现蜡烛浮在水面上，说明蜡烛的密谋比水小。]

3．对学生的回答表示充分的肯定，让学生结合蜡烛的这些性质，点燃蜡烛，观 4

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

察燃烧着的蜡烛有哪些特点。［www.61k.com）

（1）燃烧着的蜡烛有没有声音？形状有没有什么改变？[蜡烛点燃后，可

以持续安静地燃烧，不会发出响声音，且蜡烛在燃烧过程中缓慢地变

短。]

（2）蜡烛的火焰有什么特点？[蜡烛的火焰在轻微地闪烁，在火焰的上方

有黑烟生成。如果没有风，火焰可以一直保持轻微的闪动。蜡烛的火

焰可以分成三层：最里面一层火焰较为暗淡，底部呈淡蓝色，为焰心；

第二层火焰较明亮且呈圆锥形，为内焰；围绕在最外面的第三层火焰

呈黄色，明亮而不耀眼，为外焰。

（3）蜡烛靠近火焰的地方在形状、温度、质地上有什么变化？[在靠近火

焰的地方，蜡烛是湿热的，而且很软，可以用手任意捏塑，而距离火

焰较远部分蜡烛仍是冰冷的，硬的。燃烧着的蜡烛顶部受热溶化形成

一个凹槽，溶液化后的液态石蜡储存于凹槽中，浸没着灯芯。]

（4）把一根火柴梗平在蜡烛的火焰中约一秒钟表，取出火柴梗，火柴梗有

什么变化？这说明了什么？[可以看到处于火焰最外层的先变焦，第

二层变化次之，最里层变化最小；这说明火焰的温度是从里向外依次

升高的，即外焰的温度是最高的，焰芯的温度是最低的。

4．充分肯定学生在实验探究中的表现，继续引导：现在我们再来观察一下蜡烛

燃烧后生成了哪些物质。首先将一只干燥的烧杯罩在火焰的上方，观察烧杯

壁上有什么现象发生。片刻后取下烧杯，迅速中倒入少量的澄清石灰水，振

荡，又有什么现象发生？推测蜡烛燃烧后可能生成了什么物质。

[（1）将烧杯罩在火焰上方后，过一会儿，烧杯壁有水雾生成。（2）向烧杯中

倒入澄清的石灰水，振荡后，石灰水变浑浊。（3）说明了蜡烛燃烧时有水和

二氧化碳生成。]

5．指导学生：现在请大家熄灭蜡烛，会发现有一缕白烟从灯芯飘出，立即用点燃

的火柴去点白烟，看看有什么现象会发生。[火焰会顺着白烟重新将蜡烛点燃]

6．提问：通过探究这个小实验，大家得到了什么启示？有什么感受？[第9页]

7．总结本课时的教学内容。

板书设计课题2 化学是一门以实验为基础的科学

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

第二课时

一、导入新课

1．提问：人每时每刻都要呼吸，那么大家是否想过我们呼出的是什么，吸入的又是

什么呢？（呼出的二氧化碳，吸入的是空气。[www.61k.com））

2．导入新课：大家知道这个结论是怎么得出的吗？如何来验证这个结论的正确性

呢？我们今天就来探究人体吸入的空气和呼出的气体究竟有什么不同。（板书：二、对人体吸入的空气和呼出的气体的探究）

二、对人体吸入的空气和呼出的气体的探究（边做实验边完成下表）

1．在引导学生进入实验室探究之前，给学生提供三条信息：（见第10页）

2．要求学生以组为单位将实验仪器放好，然后让学生收集“呼出的气体”。步骤如下：将两个集气瓶分别盛满水，并用玻璃片先盖住瓶口的小部分，然后推动玻璃片将瓶口全部盖住，把盛满水的瓶子连同玻璃片一起倒立在水槽中；然后将饮料管小心地插入集气瓶内，并向集气瓶内缓缓吹气，直至集气瓶内充满呼出的气体。在水下立即用玻璃片将集气瓶口盖好，然后取出集气瓶放在实验桌上。（教师演示，让学生根据示范收集“呼出的气体”）另外，取出两个空集气瓶，其中为空气。

3．组织学生以小组为单位开始探究以下问题，提醒学生作好实验记录。（1）分别向

一瓶空气和一瓶呼出的气体中滴入澄清石灰水，并振荡，两个瓶子中分别会发生什么现象？说明了什么？[滴入澄清石灰水后，两只瓶子中的石灰水都会变浑浊，但是呼出气体瓶中的石灰水更浑浊一些；说明了在空气与人呼出气体中都含有二氧化碳，但人呼出气体中二氧化碳的含量更高。]

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

（2）将燃烧着的小木条分别插入空气和人呼出气体的集气瓶中，分别有什么现象发生？说明了什么？[插入空气集气瓶中的小木条比插入人呼出气体集气瓶中的小木条燃烧更旺，且燃烧时间要长；说明了空气中氧气含量大于人呼出的气体中氧气的含量，或者说空气中二氧化碳的含量小于人呼出的气体中二氧化碳的含量。(www.61k.com)]

（3）取两块干燥的玻璃片，对着其中的一个玻璃片呼气，有什么现象产生？说明书了什么？[对着干燥的玻璃片呼气后，玻璃片上会产生极小的水珠；说明人呼出的气体中含有较多的水蒸气。]

4．结合上述实验，提问：以上实验说明了的呼出的气体与吸入的空气有什么不同？

5．总结实验：通过实验，我们了解了人每天吸入和呼出的气体，看来实验确实是我

们探索问题的好帮手，所以大家以后一定要认真对待实验，运用实验得出科学的结论。

6．总结本课时的内容。

板书设计：

课后反思：

课题3 走进化学实验室

教学目标

知识与能力

1．知道化学实验是进行科学探究的重要手段，严谨的科学态度、正确的操作方法和

实验原理是保证实验成功的关键。

2．了解一些化学实验室的规则。

3．掌握常见仪器的名称和使用。

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

4．掌握药品的取用、加热、洗涤仪器等基本实验操作。(www.61k.com）

5．培养学生的观察能力和动手能力。

过程与方法

在本课题材的教学过程中，应采用用教师的讲解、演示与学生的探究相结合的方式进行授课。首先在教师的讲解中学生得到启示，然后学生在探究中得出结论，进而通过学生的亲处演示找出问题，最后在教师正确的演示实验中使学生加深理解。整个教学过程在教师与学生的互动中进行，使课堂气氛活跃，同时激发学生的兴趣。情感、态度与价值观

1．培养学生严谨的科学态度。

2．初步使学生养成良好的实验习惯。

教学重点、难点及突破

重点

1．化学实验室的实验规则和常用仪器的名称、作用。

2．药品的取用。

3．酒精灯的使用方法和给物质加热的方法。

难点

1．药品的取用。

2．酒精灯的使用方法和给物质加热的方法。

教学过程

第一课时

一、初中化学实验常用用仪器和药品的取用规则

反应容器可直接受热的：试管、蒸发皿、燃烧匙、坩埚等

能间接受热的：烧杯、烧瓶（加热时，需加石棉网）

常存放药品的仪器：广口瓶（固体）、细口瓶（液体）、滴瓶（少量液体）、

集气瓶（气体）

加热仪器：酒精灯

计量仪器：托盘天平（称量）、量筒（量体积）

仪分离仪器：漏斗

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

取用仪器：药匙（粉末或小晶粒状）、镊子（块状或较大颗粒）、胶头

器滴管（少量液体）

夹持仪器：试管夹、铁架台（带铁夹、铁圈）、坩埚钳

其他仪器：长颈漏斗、石棉网、玻璃棒、试管刷、水槽

1．试管

（1）用途：a、在常温或加热时，用作少量试剂的反应容器。(www.61k.com）

b、溶解少量固体 c、收集少量气体

（2）注意事项：a、加热时外壁必须干燥，不能骤热骤冷，一般要先均匀受热，

然后才能集中受热，防止试管受热不均而破裂。

b、加热时，试管要先用铁夹夹持固定在铁架台上（短时间加热也可用试管

夹夹持）。

c、加热固体时，试管口要略向下倾斜，且未冷前试管不能直立，避免管口

冷凝水倒流使试管炸裂。

d、加热液体时，盛液量一般不超过试管容积的1/3（防止液体受热溢出），

使试管与桌面约成45°的角度（增大受热面积，防止暴沸），管口不能对着

自己或别人（防止液体喷出伤人）。

2．试管夹

（1）用途：夹持试管

（2）注意事项：①从底部往上套，夹在距管口1/3处（防止杂质落入试管）

②不要把拇指按在试管夹短柄上。

3．玻璃棒

（1）用途：搅拌、引流（过滤或转移液体）。

（2）注意事项：①搅拌不要碰撞容器壁②用后及时擦洗干净

4．酒精灯

（1）用途：化学实验室常用的加热仪器

（2）注意事项：

①使用时先将灯放稳，灯帽取下直立在灯的右侧，以防止滚动和便于取用。

②使用前检查并调整灯芯（保证更地燃烧，火焰保持较高的的温度）。

③灯体内的酒精不可超过灯容积的3/4，也不应少于1/4（酒精过多，在加热或移

动时易溢出；太少，加热酒精蒸气易引起爆炸）。

④禁止向燃着的酒精灯内添加酒精（防止酒精洒出引起火灾）

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

⑤禁止用燃着的酒精灯直接点燃另一酒精灯，应用火柴从侧面点燃酒精灯（防止酒精洒出引起火灾）。［www.61k.com)

⑥应用外焰加热（外焰温度最高）。

⑦用完酒精灯后，必须用灯帽盖灭，不可用嘴吹熄。（防止将火焰沿着灯颈吹入灯内）

⑧用完后，立即盖上灯帽（防止酒精挥发和灯芯吸水而不易点燃）。

⑨不要碰倒酒精灯，若有酒精洒到桌面并燃烧起来，应立即用湿布扑盖或撒沙土扑灭火焰，不能用水冲，以免火势蔓延。

[演示第17页实验1~4]

5．胶头滴管、滴瓶

（1）用途：①胶头滴管用于吸取和滴加少量液体。

②滴瓶用于盛放少量液体药品。

（2）注意事项：

①先排空再吸液

②悬空垂直放在试管口上方，以免沾污染滴管

③吸取液体后，应保持胶头在上，不能向下或平放，防止液体倒流，沾污试

剂或腐蚀胶头；

④除吸同一试剂外，用过后应立即洗净，再去吸取其他药品（防止试剂相互

污染。

⑤滴瓶上的滴管与瓶配套使用，滴液后应立即插入原瓶内，不得弄脏，也不

必用水冲冼。

6．铁架台（包括铁夹和铁圈）

（1）用途：用于固定和支持各种仪器，一般常用于过滤、加热等实验操作。

（2）注意事项：a、铁夹和十字夹缺口位置要向上，以便于操作和保证安全。 b、重物要固定在铁架台底座大面一侧，使重心落在底座内。

7．烧杯

（1）用途：用于溶解或配制溶液和较大量试剂的反应容器。

（2）注意事项：受热时外壁要干燥，并放在石棉网上使其受热均匀（防止受热不

均使烧杯炸裂），加液量一般不超过容积的1/3（防止加热沸腾使液体外溢）。

8．量筒

（1）用途：量取液体的体积

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

（2）注意事项：不能加热，不能作为反应容器，也不能用作配制或稀释溶液的容

器。（www.61k.com]

9．集气瓶（瓶口上边缘磨砂，无塞）

（1）用途：①用于收集或短时间贮存少量气体。

②用作物质在气体中燃烧的反应器。

（2）注意事项：①不能加热②收集或贮存气体时，要配以毛玻璃片遮盖

③在瓶内作物质燃烧反应时，若固体生成，瓶底应加少量水或铺少量细沙。

10．蒸发皿

（1）用途：用于蒸发液体或浓缩溶液。

（2）注意事项：①盛液量不能超过2/3，防止加热时液体沸腾外溅

②均匀加热，不可骤冷（防止破裂）③热的蒸发皿要用坩埚钳夹取。

（二）实验室药品取用规则（熟悉化学实验室药品的一些图标，见第14页）

1．取用药品要做到“三不原则”①不能用手接触药品 ②不要把鼻孔凑到容器口去闻药

品（特别是气体）的气味 ③不得尝任何药品的味道（采用招气入鼻法）。

2．注意节约药品。如果没有说明用量，液体取用1~2ml，固体只需盖满试管底部。

3．用剩药品要做到“三不一要”①实验剩余的药品既不能放回原瓶 ②也不能随意丢弃

③更不能拿出实验室 ④要放入指定的容器内。

4．实验中要要注意保护眼睛。

（三）固体试剂的称量

仪器：托盘天平、药匙（托盘天平只能用于粗略的称量，能称准到0.1克）步骤：调零、放纸片、左物右码、读数、复位

使用托盘天平时，要做到①左物右码：添加砝码要用镊子不能用手直接拿砝码，并先大后小；称量完毕，砝码要放回砝码盒，游码要回零。

药品的质量=砝码读数+游码读数

若左右放颠倒了，药品的质量=砝码读数－游码读数

②任何药品都不能直接放在盘中称量，干燥固体可放在纸上称量，易潮解

药品要在（烧杯或表面皿等）玻璃器皿中称量。

注意：称量一定质量的药品应先放砝码，再移动游码，最后放药品；称量

未知质量的药品则应先放药品，再放砝码，最后移动游码。

（四）连接仪器装置（见第151~152页）

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

1．玻璃导管插入塞子

2．玻璃导管插入胶皮管

3．塞子塞进容器口

课后反思：

第二课时

二、药品的取用

1．固体药品的取用（存放在广口瓶中）

（1）块状药品或金属颗粒的取用(一横二放三慢竖)

仪器：镊子

步骤：先把容器横放，用镊子夹取块状药品或金属颗粒放在容器口，再把容器慢慢地竖立起来，使块状药品或金属颗粒缓缓地沿容器壁滑到容器底部，以免打破容器。［www.61k.com)

[演示第14页实验1~1]

（2）粉末状或小颗粒状药品的取用（一横二送三直立）

仪器：药匙或纸槽

步骤：先把试管横放，用药匙（或纸槽）把药品小心送至试管底部，然后使试

管直立起来，让药品全部落入底部，以免药品沾在管口或试管上。注：使用后的药匙或镊子应立即用干净的纸擦干净。

[演示第14页实验1~2]

2．液体药品的取用

（1）少量液体药品可用胶头滴管取用

（2）大量液体药品可用倾注法。（一倒二向三紧挨）

步骤：

① 瓶盖倒放在实验台（防止桌面上的杂物污染瓶塞，从而污染药品）；

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

② 倾倒液体时，应使标签向着手心（防止残留的液体流下腐蚀标签）， ③ 瓶口紧靠试管口，缓缓地将液体注入试管内（快速倒会造成液体洒落）； ④ 倾注完毕后，立即盖上瓶塞（防止液体的挥发或污染），标签向外放回原处。（www.61k.com)

（2）一定量的液体可用量筒取用

仪器：量筒、胶头滴管

步骤：选、慢注、滴加

注意事项：使用量筒时，要做倒①接近刻度时改用胶头滴管②读数时，视线

应与刻度线及凹液面的最低处保持水平

③若仰视则读数偏低，液体的实际体积＞读数；

俯视则读数偏高，液体的实际体积＜读数。

[演示第16页实验1~3]

三、物质的溶解

1．少量固体的溶解（振荡溶解）

手臂不动、手腕甩动

2．较多量固体的溶解（搅拌溶解）

仪器：烧杯、玻璃棒

四、物质的加热

1．给试管中的液体加热（演示并讲解第17页的活动与探究）

仪器：试管、试管夹、酒精灯

注意事顶：（1）加热试管内的液体时，不能将试管口对着人；防止沸腾的液体冲

出试管烫伤人。

（2）若试管壁有水，加热时必须擦干净，防止试管受热不均，引起试管爆裂。

（3）将液体加热至沸腾的试管，不能立即用冷水冲洗；因为一冷一热，试管容易

爆裂。

（4）给试管中液体预热的方法：夹住试管在外焰来回移动便可预热。

（5）预热后，集中加热盛有液体的中部，并不时沿试管倾斜方向平移试管，以防

止液体受热暴沸而喷出。

2．给试管中固体加热

仪器：试管、铁架台、酒精灯

注意点：装置的固定

铁夹夹的位置、管口的方向、加热的顺序

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

给物质加热的基本方法：用试管夹夹住离试管口1/3处，首先在酒精灯外焰处加热，然后将试管底部集中在外焰处加热。[www.61k.com）

3．蒸发

仪器：蒸发皿、铁架台、玻璃棒、酒精灯

注意点：仪器的装配

停止加热：接近蒸干或有大量晶体析出

玻璃棒的作用：加快蒸发、防止液滴溅出

4．过滤和滤渣的洗涤

仪器：漏斗、铁架台、烧杯、玻璃棒

注意点：“一贴”

“二低”

“三靠”

五、仪器的洗涤

①洗涤时，先洗容器的外壁，后洗内壁。

②洗涤干净的标准：内外壁附着的水既不聚成水滴，也无成股水流下。

练习：

1．在①坩埚②烧杯③烧瓶④蒸发皿⑤量筒⑥试管⑦集气瓶⑧试管等仪器中，不能加

热的是_________________________，能直接放在火焰上加热的是__________________，要放在石棉网上加热的是________________________________。

2．下列试剂中①氧化铜粉末②石灰石块③锌粒④试剂瓶中的盐酸。可以用药匙取用

的是__________________，可以用镊子取用的是______________，可以用滴管取用的是_________

3．把碳酸钠粉末装入试管，正确的操作是（）

A、用镊子 B、用玻璃棒 C、用药匙或纸槽送入 D、直接倒入

4．实验时，不宜用作反应容器的是（）

A、烧杯 B、烧瓶 C、试管 D、量筒

5．下列实验操作：①用量筒量取溶液时，将量筒放在水平的桌面上，右手握试剂瓶（标签向手心）慢慢将液体倒入量筒中；②用完滴瓶上的滴管要用水冲洗后放回滴瓶中；③实验室里有两个无标签的试剂瓶中均装有白色固体，为了分清哪瓶是白糖，哪瓶是食盐，可取少量固体品尝味道。其中（）

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

A、只有①正确 B、只有②正确 C、只有③正确 D、全部错误

6．用酒精灯给试管内溶液加热时发现试管破裂，可能原因是：①用酒精灯的外焰给试管加热；②加热前没有擦干试管外壁的水；③加热时试管底部触及灯芯；④被加热的液体超过试管容积的1/3；⑤加热时没有不时地上下移动试管；⑥没有进行预热，直接集中加热试管内液体的中下部。（www.61k.com)其中与之相关的是（）。

A、①③⑤⑥ B、②④ C、②③⑥ D③④⑤

7．下列仪器，能够用来溶解固体、配制溶液、加热较大量液体的是（）

A、试管 B、量筒 C、烧杯 D、广口瓶

课后反思：

第二单元我们周围的空气

课题1 空气

【教学目标】

1、知识与技能

(1)了解空气的主要成分；

(2)了解氧气、氮气、稀有气体的主要物理性质和用途；

(3)初步认识纯净物、混合物的概念，能区分—些常见的纯净物和混合物

2、过程与方法

(1)通过对“测定空气里氧气含量”实验的操作、观察、分析，了解空气的组成；

(2)通过对空气、氧气等几种常见物质的比较，了解混合物和纯净物的概念；

(3)通过对空气污染情况的调查，知道空气污染的危害，学会一些简单的防治方法。

3、情感、态度与价值观

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

(1)初步了解空气污染给人类带来的严重危害；

(2)知道空气是一种宝贵的自然资源；

(3)养成关注环境、热爱自然的情感。［www.61k.com]

【教学过程】

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

【板书设计】

第二单元我们周围的空气

课题1 空气

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

课后反思：

课题2 氧气

学习目标：

知识与技能：

1．认识氧气的主要物理性质；

2．观察和描述木炭、铁丝、蜡烛等在空气中燃烧的现象，从中归纳出氧气的化学性质；

3．了解氧气的主要用途、氧气与人类关系密切；

过程与方法：

1．观察与描述物质与氧气反应的现象，学会从中归纳出物质的化学性质的方法；情感态度与价值观：

1．了解氧气在自然界中的循环及重要意义，增强环保意识

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

2．养成细致的观察习惯和严谨的工作作风

学习重点与难点：

1．氧气的性质与用途

2．氧气的获得和实验室制取氧气的方法

教学方法：

1．物理性质主要有学生自行归纳总结；

2．化学性质可以通过演示实验及回忆已学的实验来归纳

3．对于实验室制法，主要通过探究、对比，从而找出不同点加深印象

4．氧气的用途主要是知识性的介绍

探究内容：

1．燃烧的现象及剧烈程度与什么因素有关？

2．实验室制取气体的装置的选取所考虑的因素有哪些？

学习内容：

一、认识氧气（Oxygen）的性质

1．物理性质：

（1）色、味、态：通常情况下，是无色无味的气体；

（2）密度：标准状况下，密度为1.429g/L，略大于空气；

P.S.：通常情况下，是指20℃，1.01×105Pa；标准状况下，是指0℃，1.01×105Pa；

（3）溶解性：氧气不易溶于水

（4）三态变化：降温后，氧气可以变为淡蓝色的液体，甚至淡蓝色雪花状固体。［www.61k.com] 问题：有什么事实可以证明自然界的水中溶有氧气？

答：水中的生物就是依靠溶解在水中的氧气生存的。

2．化学性质：

（1）木炭在氧气中燃烧（黑色固体）

实验现象：剧烈燃烧，发出白光，放热，生成一种无色无味气体，该气体能使澄清石灰水变浑浊。

点燃文字表达式：碳（C）+ 氧气（O2）——→二氧化碳（CO2）

在空气中的燃烧情况：木炭红热，无烟、无焰，生成无色无味的气体

（2）铁丝在氧气中燃烧（银白色固体）——介绍铝箔在氧气中可以燃烧

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

实验现象：剧烈燃烧，火星四射，铁丝熔成小球，生成一种黑色固体。(www.61k.com）

点燃文字表达式：铁（Fe） + 氧气（O2）——→四氧化三铁（Fe3O4）

注意事项：集气瓶底部铺少量的细沙或加少量的水，防止生成的固体物质溅落瓶底，致使集气瓶炸裂。

在空气中加热情况：持续加热发红，离火后变冷。

（3）蜡烛在氧气中燃烧（白色固体）

实验现象：比空气中燃烧剧烈，发出白光，集气瓶内壁出现水珠，有使澄清石灰水变浑浊的无色无味气体产生。

点燃文字表达式：石蜡+ 氧气（O2）——→二氧化碳（CO2）+ 水（H2O）

空气中燃烧情况：燃烧产生黄色火焰，放热，稍有黑烟。

（4）镁带在氧气中燃烧（银白色固体）

实验现象：剧烈燃烧，发出耀眼的白光，放热，生成白色粉末状固体。

点燃文字表达式：镁（Mg） + 氧气（O2）——→ 氧化镁（MgO）

（5）铜丝在空气中灼烧（红色固体）

实验现象：加热后，铜丝红热，冷却后，在铜丝表面出现一层黑色物质。

文字表达式：铜（Cu） + 氧气（O2）——→ 氧化铜（CuO）

（6）红磷在氧气中的燃烧（暗红色固体）

实验现象：剧烈燃烧，发出白光，放出热量，生成大量的白烟

点燃文字表达式：磷（P）+ 氧气（O2）——→ 五氧化二磷（P2O5）加热

空气中燃烧情况：黄白色火焰，放热，有大量白烟

（7）其他物质与氧气的反应

某些物质在一些条件下，与氧气发生缓慢的氧化反应，成为缓慢氧化。

如：动植物新陈代谢，金属的锈蚀，食物的腐烂等等。

结论：

（1）氧气是一种化学性质比较活泼的气体，在一定的条件下，能与许多物质发生反应。在这些反应中，氧气提供氧，称为氧化反应。氧气便是常见的氧化剂；

（2）物质在纯氧气中燃烧程度比空气中燃烧要剧烈。说明物质燃烧程度，与氧气的浓度 22

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

大小成正比；

（3）物质燃烧时有的有火焰，有的会发光，有的会冒烟。[www.61k.com）一般来说，气体燃烧会有火焰产生，固体直接燃烧，产生光或者火星。生成物有固体，一般都会产生烟，即固体小颗粒；

（4）物质与氧气反应不一定是燃烧现象，如缓慢氧化。

二、氧气的用途

1．供给呼吸：医疗上急救病人，登山、潜水、航空、宇航提供呼吸；

2．支持燃烧：炼钢、气焊与气接、液氧炸弹、火箭助燃剂

介绍：

（1）一般情况下，我们呼吸使用空气就可以了。正常的人呼吸用纯氧气对人体有害，吸入纯氧气会损害肺的上皮层。吸入100%的扬弃，只需几天就会发生肺氧气中毒。一般医院中的氧气只是大于40%；

（2）用氦气代替氮气与氧气混合，可得到“人造空气”。人造空气用于代替空气供深海潜水员呼吸。因为用空气供潜水员呼吸时，在压强较大的深海里，会有较多的氮气溶解在潜水员的血液里，当潜水员从深海上升，血液里的氮气将成为气泡释放出来，大量气泡会阻塞微血管，引起病变。

课后反思：

课题3 制取氧气

学习目标：

知识与技能：

了解氧气的工业制法，学习实验室制备氧气的原理、装置和操作

过程与方法：

能够根据反应物的性质来选择制备气体的实验装置与操作方法，根据生成物的性质选择收集方法；

情感态度与价值观：

养成细致的观察习惯和严谨的工作作风

学习重点与难点：

氧气的获得和实验室制取氧气的方法

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

教学方法：

1．物理性质主要有学生自行归纳总结；

2．化学性质可以通过演示实验及回忆已学的实验来归纳

3．对于实验室制法，主要通过探究、对比，从而找出不同点加深印象

4．氧气的用途主要是知识性的介绍

学习内容：

1．自然界氧气的获得：主要是来源于绿色植物的光合作用

二氧化碳 + 水光照

叶绿素葡萄糖 + 氧气

2．工业制法（分离液态空气法）

（1）具体过程

干燥氮气加压液态空气

液态氧氧气

（2）注意：该过程是物理变化

3．实验室制法

（1）高锰酸钾制取氧气

加热a. 实验原理：高锰酸钾（KMnO4）（K2MnO4）+ 二氧化锰（MnO2）+氧气（O2） ——→ 锰酸钾

b. 注意事项：

a). 试管口要略微向下倾斜：防止生成的水回流，使试管底部破裂。(www.61k.com]

b). 导气管伸入发生装置内要稍露出橡皮塞：有利于产生的气体排出。

c). 试管口塞一团棉花：防止高锰酸钾粉末进入导气管，污染制取的气体和水槽中的水。 d). 排气法收集气体时，导气管要伸入接近集气瓶底部：有利于集气瓶内空气排出，使收集的气体更纯。

e). 实验结束后，先将导气管移出水面，然后熄灭酒精灯：防止水槽中的水倒流，炸裂试管。

c. 实验步骤：

a). 仪器组装：先下后上，从左到右的顺序。

b). 气密性检查：将导管的一端浸入水槽中，用手紧握试管外壁，若水中的导管口有气泡冒出，证明装置不漏气。松开手后，导管口出现一段水柱。 24

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

c). 装入药品：按粉末状固体取用的方法（药匙或纸槽）。[www.61k.com]

d). 加热药品：先使试管均匀受热，后在反应物部位用酒精灯外焰由前向后加热。 e). 收集气体：若用排水集气法收集气体，当气泡均匀冒出时再收集；或向上集气法。 f). 检验及验满：用带火星的木条伸入试管中，发现木条复燃，说明是氧气；用带火星的木条靠近集气瓶口部，木条复燃，证明已满。

g). 仪器的拆卸：按先右后左，先上后下的顺序。

（2）双氧水（过氧化氢）制取氧气

a. 实验原理：过氧化氢（H2O2） ————→ 水（H2O） + 氧气（O2）

b. 注意事项：

a). 分液漏斗可以用长颈漏斗代替，但其下端应该深入液面以下，防止生成的气体从长颈漏斗中逸出；

b). 导管只需略微伸入试管塞

c). 气密性检查：用止水夹关闭，打开分液漏斗活塞，向漏斗中加入水，水面不持续下降，就说明气密性良好。

d). 装药品时，先装固体后装液体

e). 该装置的优点：可以控制反应的开始与结束，可以随时添加液体。

总结：若固体（或固体+固体）加热生成气体，选用高锰酸钾制氧气装置；

若固体+液体常温下制取气体，选用双氧水制取氧气装置。

催化剂：在化学反应中能改变其他物质的反应速率，但本身的化学性质和质量在反应前后没有发生变化的物质。

补充练习测试题

（1）从液态空气分离氮气和氧气，为什么得到的是气态氮和液态氧？

（2）用氧炔焰焊接和切割金属时，发生三种变化：乙炔在氧气中燃烧；焊接处金属与金属焊条熔化、冷却后凝固在一起；切割处的金属在高温下被氧气氧化除去。这三种变化哪些是物理变化？哪些是化学变化？

（3）从液态空气、高锰酸钾、双氧水三种物质制氧气时，各物质发生的是物理变化还是化学变化？为什么？

（4）空气中有氧气，带余烬的木条伸入装有空气的集气瓶，木条是否会复燃？为什么？课后反思：

25 二氧化锰

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

第三单元物质构成的奥秘

课题1 分子和原子

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

板书设计

课后反思：

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

课题2 原子的构成

第一课时

教学目标：

1、知道原子是由原子核和核外电子构成的

2、初步学会根据实验现象，来推导原子的组成

3、能够根据相对原子质量求算相对分子质量

4、逐步建立物质无限可分的观点

教学重点、难点

1、从微观角度来理解化学反应的本质；

2、相对质量的计算

3、原子的构成

教学过程：

讲述：构成物质的微粒可以分成原子、分子、离子等。［www.61k.com]分子又是由原子构成的，那么原子

又是有什么构成的？原子学说的提出者——道尔顿认为，原子是一种极其微小，不可分割的微粒。对于原子是否可以再分，原子的结构到底如何的问题，科学家进行了长达近一个世纪的研究、探讨、论证。

汤姆生发现电子的阴极射线的实验过程，并介绍枣糕型原子模型

卢瑟福的α粒子散射实验（α粒子，即氦原子的原子核）

现象：绝大部分的α粒子沿着原来的行进方向，没有发生偏转；少部分α粒子的运动方向

有所改变；甚至有极少数的α粒子有很大的偏转，甚至是180度。

提问：请大家来解释一下这种现象的原因?

讨论：对于这种现象，利用汤姆生的原子理论是无法解释的，因此作为汤姆生的学生，卢

瑟福提出了自己的原子模型的设想：他认为原子中，原子核居于中央，它集中了原子的全部正电荷以及几乎所有的质量，而电子带负电，在核外很大的空间内作无规则的高速运动。

解释：因为原子核外有很大的空间，几乎是空心的，所以大部分的α粒子能够很顺畅的通

过；因为α粒子粒子带正电荷，原子核也带正电荷，同种电荷相互排斥，由于斥力的原因，所以有少数的α粒子会有偏转；而因为金原子中原子核存在，而且体积小，质量大，所以只有很少的机会与α粒子相碰撞，并且能反弹。

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

提问：原子带电吗？为什么？

回答：原子本身不带电，由于原子核与电子两者所带的电荷电量相等，电性相反，所以原

子呈电中性。［www.61k.com）

设问：物质可以分为原子、分子、离子，分子能分为原子，原子又能分为原子核与电子，

那么原子核能不能再分了呢？卢瑟福同样通过α粒子散射实验，将金原子改为氮原子，发现了原子中含有质子，经过其他的科学家的不懈努力，终于发现原子核中由质子和中子构成的。一个质子带一个单位的正电荷，而中子不带电。

小结：

1、原子的构成情况：

2、电性关系

不带电的微粒：中子、原子（分子）；

带负电荷的微粒：电子；

带正电荷的微粒：原子核、质子

3、电量关系：

核电荷数=质子数（原因是中子不带电）；质子数=电子数（原因是原子不带电）所以在原子中：核电荷数=质子数=电子数

4、质量关系：

m（原子）=m（原子核）+m（电子）≈m（原子核）[原因是一个电子的质量很小，可以忽略]

由于一个原子的真实质量很小，使用不方便，提出一个相对原子质量的概念

相对原子质量：一种碳原子（质子数为6，中子数为6的碳原子）的质量的1/12作为基准，其他原子的质量与这个基准的比值。

公式表达式：Ar（原子）=原子原子核中子

核外电子（在核外作高速的无规则的运动）质子 m（某原子） m（某碳原子）?1/12

引申：相对分子质量：构成分子的各原子的相对原子质量的总和。

Mr（分子）=∑Ar（构成微粒的原子）

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

例题：求出水的相对分子质量

Mr（H2O）=2Ar(H)+Ar(O)=2×1＋16＝18

课后反思：

第二课时

离子

教学目标

知识与能力目标：

1．知道原子核外电子是分层排布的。［www.61k.com］（难点）

2．了解离子的形成，初步认识离子是构成物质的一种粒子。（重点）

3．了解原子结构示意图涵义及原子最外层电子数与元素性质的关系。

过程与方法目标：

1．通过想象、猜想→探索证明→归纳原子核外电子的排布，培养学生空间想象力。

2．观察l～18号元素的原子结构示意图，归纳小结原子最外层电子数与元素性质的关系。

3．探究分析NaCl的形成过程，了解离子的形成，初步认识离子是构成物质的一种粒子。

情感态度与价值观目标：

1．培养学生对微观世界学习的兴趣。

2．唤起学生对科学的好奇与向往。

教学重点：

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

了解离子的形成，初步认识离子是构成物质的一种粒子。(www.61k.com)

教学难点：

知道原子核外电子是分层排布的。

教学过程

一、情境导入

1．《漫游原子世界》，巩固原子结构的知识。

附文：我是一个小小的电子，我在原子里围绕着原子核不停地转动，虽然空间很大，但我和我的同伴总想挣脱原子核的吸引。可是原子核这个小老头很有能耐，虽然只占原子的一丁点空间，里面却由质子和中子构成，中子不带电，质子带正电，正好把我身上的负电深深吸引。

2．设问：原子核外电子是如何运动的呢？它们能否挣脱原子核的吸引呢？

二、引导探究核外电子的排布

1学生猜想：核外电子是如何运动的？

2．学生交流：向你的同学说一说你想象中核外电子如何运动？

3．探究证明假设：阅读课本图文。（把图4－9“核外电子分层排布示意图” 制作成挂图，借此引导学生空间想象能力，理解电子分层排布）

4．归纳结论：核外电子是分层排布的。

5．教师启发：科学家在探索原子核外电子运动时，也经历了假设、猜想的阶段，然后通过科学的手段、借助先进的仪器进行实验测定、检验而得到真理的。那么电子为什么 35

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

有的排在第一层？有的排在第二层？各电子层上电子数目有什么规律？（让学生体验科学探究的过程后，进一步启发学生对电子排布的通想，提醒学生到高中后还会有更深入的研究，有兴趣的同学可自己查阅有关资料）

6．学习原子结构示意图表示的意义：

7．练习巩固：向你的同桌说一说下列原子结构示意图的意义：

8． 1～18号元素的原子结构示意图。[www.61k.com］学生观察、互相讨论、归纳原子最外层电子数目与元素性质的关系：

9．教师设问：稀有气体元素原子最外层电子数为8（He为2），达到稳定结构，故化学性质比较稳定。金属元素原子和非金属元素原子最外层电子未排满，要趋向稳定，怎么样才能达到目的呢？（制造探究情境，诱导学生下一步的探究）

三、探究离子的形成

1、提供信息：①钠与氯气反应生成氯化钠。②钠和氯的原子结构示意图。

2、学生表演：两个学生通过观察原子结构示意图，分别扮演销原子和氯原子（头上贴元素符号，身上贴最外层电子数目的“电子”），其他同学当裁判。（表演的形式活泼而又巧妙地考查了学生对原子结构示意图的理解，学生热情高涨地参与，课堂活跃起来）

3．学生讨论；要趋向稳定结构的钠原子和氢原子该如何变化来达到稳定呢？设计一个方案。（生动的情境、求知欲的驱使，学生积极设计多种方案：①氯原子的最外层电子 36

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

中三个电子转移到钠原子的最外电子层上，使双方最外层电子数平均，分别为4。［www.61k.com］②氯原子的最外层七个电子转移到钠原子的最外电子层上，使双方达到稳定结构。③钠原子的最外层一个电子转移到氯原子的最外电子层上，使双方达到稳定结构。这样，较好地暴露了学生的原有思维，有利于教师更有针对性地进行点拨引导，对于方案①，教师要让学生分辨生活中的平衡与化学中的稳定的区别；对于方案②、③，教师可以从学生的生活经验出发，分析发生这两种情况的难易程度）

4．学生表演；两个学生和同学们一起研究各方案，选择最佳方案：把“钠原子”身上最外层的那个“电子”贴到“氯原子”身上。“钠原子” 因失去一个电子而变成Na，“氯原子” 因得一个电子而变成Cl，由于静电作用而结合成化合物NaCl。（直观活泼的表演把枯燥、繁难的学习内容变得生动有趣，学生自然对原子与离子的概念有了初步的区分，也为原子得失电子的规律埋下伏笔）

5．师生分析：（一边分析，一边板书）

6．引导提问：离子是怎样形成的？什么叫离子？如何区别阳离子和阴离子？离子符

号的书写应与原子有什么不同？

四、小结练习，诱发思考

1．小结：在本课题，我们学了什么？

2．练习：课本习题。

课后反思：

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

课题3 元素

教学目标

1.让学生认识元素的存在，形成元素的概念，知道元素的简单分类。(www.61k.com）

2.学生学会元素符号的正确写法，逐步记住一些常见元素的名称和符号，并了解地壳中、生物细胞中含量较大的几种元素。

3.使学生形成“世界是物质的，物质是由元素组成的”认识观。

4、指导学生利用课外时间查阅资料，培养学生收集信息、处理信息的能力。重点元素的概念难点元素符号的书写教学方法

对比探究、合作讨论相结合的启发式教学法

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

板书设计

课题2 元素

１、元素的概念。[www.61k.com]

２、地壳中和生物细胞中主要元素含量。３、书写元素符号的要求。

４、元素名称造字的规律。

附录

表格一

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

表格二

表格四

课堂练习

（一）元素符号组合游戏：下列两组符号能组成几种元素的符号？

Ⅰ：A B C M N Ⅱ：a u e l g

（二）试找一找，下列哪些物质里含有相同的元素？

氧气（O2）、水（H2O）、过氧化氢（H2O2）、二氧化硫（SO2）、氢气（H2）、硫粉（S）

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

（三）身边的元素──我们在看电视的时候，经常会看到有关补锌的广告，这里的锌

指的就是元素，像这样的元素你还知道哪些？请讨论并填写下表。（www.61k.com)

第四单元自然界的水课题1 爱护水资源

教学目标

1、了解世界和我国的水资源状况，学习用辨证的方法看待水资源的丰富和有限。

2、培养学生关心社会、为社会做贡献的社会责任感。

3、初步懂得合理利用和保护水资源的重要性和迫切性，从而形成节约用水、保护环

境的良好品德。

课前准备

要求学生从图书、报纸、杂志、互联网等媒体上搜集与本教材相关的资料和有关水污染的知识和情况报道。

教学流程

一、自学过程

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

学生阅读教材，并完成下列测试内容：

1、地球的表面积约有多少被水覆盖着？（）

A、51% B、61% C、71% D、81%

2、地球上最大的储水库是什么？（）

A、江湖 B、海洋 C、冰川 D、溪流

3、淡水约占全球总水储量的多少？（）

A、2.23% B、2.33% C、2.43% D、2.53%

4、海水中含有的化学元素大约有多少种?（）

Ａ、50多种Ｂ、60多种Ｃ、70多种Ｄ、80多种

5、中国水资源总量居世界第几位?（）

Ａ、第二位Ｂ、第四位Ｃ、第六位Ｄ、第八位

6、世界人均水量最多的国家是（）

Ａ、印尼Ｂ、巴西Ｃ、美国Ｄ、中国

7、中国人均水量约占世界均值的多少?（）

Ａ、1／2 Ｂ、1／3 Ｃ、1／4 Ｄ、1／5

8、我国人均水量最多的省是（）

Ａ、内蒙古Ｂ、海南Ｃ、西藏Ｄ、青海

9、世界水日是几月几日？（）

Ａ、3月22日Ｂ、4月22日Ｃ、6月4日Ｄ、7月4日 43

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

10、我国人均水量最少的省是（）

Ａ、湖北Ｂ、内蒙古Ｃ、河北Ｄ、天津

11、世界上有多少人口处于缺水状态（）

Ａ、1亿Ｂ、3亿Ｃ、5亿Ｄ、7亿

12、南水北调工程将使我国北方44座大中型城市摆脱缺水困难，请问是将哪里的水

调往北方？（）

Ａ、珠江Ｂ、长江Ｃ、黄河Ｄ、金沙江

通过这些题目，同学们知道了水的分布现状，也证实了自己的自学能力。[www.61k.com）（在此教师可以给学生一些赞扬的语言，多鼓励学生，对于学生们的自学能力给予肯

定。）

二、师生互动

1、小结下列知识

一、人类拥有的水资源

1、地球表面约71%被水覆盖──“水球”

2、海洋水：

（1）储量约占全球总储水量的96.5%；

（2）作用：繁衍水生生物；蕴藏化学资源（海水中含有80多种元素，其中含量最高的是氧元素；海水的含盐量很高，人们可从海水中提取出大量无机盐。）

（3）探究方向：淡化海水

3、由于人口增多、工业、生活用水量增大，水污染也比较严重，造成水资源缺乏。

2、将学生课前准备的资料展示，并与教师准备的材料一起进行交流总结。 44

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

如：（1）爱护水资源从节约用水和防治水体污染两方面考虑。[www.61k.com]

（2）我国的“节水标志”。

（3）有关水污染而引起的环境问题的图片和报道。

（在师生热烈的讨论过程中完成下列课程内容。）

二、爱护水资源

1、节约用水：

使用新技术，改革工艺和改变习惯可以减少大量工农业和生活用水。

2、防止水体污染：

（1）水体污染是指什么？

（2）水体污染源：

①工业污染：工厂的“三废”(废气、废渣、废液)倒入江河、地下，污染江河和地下

水。

②农业污染：农药、化肥的不合理使用，也易造成水的污染。

③生活污染：生活污水及生活垃圾的任意排放，造成水的污染。

④其他污染：

A、病原微生物污染

B、需氧有机物污染

C、富营养化污染（赤潮）

D、恶臭物污染

E、地下水硬度升高

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

F、重金属离子污染（水俣病）

J、石油泄露造成的海水污染

H、热污染

I、放射性水污染

(3)水体污染的危害：

影响工农业生产、渔业生产、破坏水生生态系统，直接危害人体健康。(www.61k.com]

三、习题

1、下列关于水的叙述正确的是（）

A、水是取之不尽、用之不竭的自然资源

B、水是一种有限的宝贵资源，必须保护水资源

C、人类需要的淡水可通过海水蒸馏来补充 D、雨水是天然蒸馏水，所以是纯净物

2、科学家预言“水短缺，不久将成为一个深刻的社会危机”。这是因为（）

A、水中蕴藏着丰富的化学资源，提取这些资源消耗了水

B、由于二氧化碳温室效应，水在不断地蒸发减少

C、淡水资源不充足，且分布不均匀

D、水不断受污染，使淡水资源越来越不充裕

3、请你们谈谈自己的节水经验，在爱护水资源方面，你做的有哪些不妥的地方吗？

三、结束语

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

重放“水的新生”，由学生朗诵配乐诗──水的新生。(www.61k.com］在优美的风景和诗篇中同学们更加体会到爱护水资源的重要性，并启发学生以“我认识的水”为题，从名称、化学式、

组成元素、主要性质、主要用途、水的净化、爱护水资源等方面写一篇小论文。课后反思:

课题2水的净化

教学目标

1、知道沉淀、吸附、过滤、蒸馏等常用的净化水的方法，能述说自来水的净化过程。初步学会过滤的操作。

2、懂得纯净水和自来水的区别，学会用肥皂水鉴别硬水与软水，知道硬水的危害及硬水软化的方法。

3、通过对水净化方法的学习，体会化学知识在生活生产中的广泛运用，培养学生对化学知识的学习兴趣。

4、通过过滤操作的训练，提高学生动手、观察、协作等能力。

5、通过学习，使学生明白要从卫生、健康的角度，正确选择饮用水，感受化学对改善个人生活促进社会发展的积极作用，激发学生努力学习建设家乡的美好愿望。

重点

1、水净化的方法。

2、过滤的操作方法。

3、硬水和软水的区别以及硬水软化的方法。

难点

1、自来水的净化过程。

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

2、过滤的操作方法。[www.61k.com] 3、硬水的软化方法。

教学方法：讲授法、谈话法、实验法、启发式教学法、多媒体教学法等。仪器药品明矾、滤纸、铁架台（带铁圈）、漏斗、烧杯、玻璃棒、投影仪。学生准备

1、分小组合作预习过滤操作。 2、分小组调查本地饮用水使用的情况。

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

2、怎样还可以变得更澄清呢？ 3、陈述：农民为了净化水，会去药店买一种廉价的物质——明矾，洒入水中，利用明矾溶于水后生成的胶状物，对杂质进行吸附，使杂质沉降，达到净水目的，这种净水

方法称作吸附法。［www.61k.com)

4、组织实验：请同学们把适量明矾加入到

污水中，并搅拌，静置观察现象。 5、提问：还有什么物质也有这种吸附能力呢？讲述：市场上出售的净水器，有些就是利用活性炭来吸附水中的杂质。活性炭吸附能力较强，不仅可以吸附液体中不溶性物质，还可以吸附掉一些可溶性杂质，除去臭味。现代科技发展，发明的纳米新型材料做净水器的过滤层，自来水通过时，它不仅能吸附不溶物、臭味，甚至连细菌也能除去，使自来水变为可直接饮用的洁净水。 6、请同学们观察杯中的污水，明矾加入后，使更多的小颗粒沉降下来，水是变的更澄清

了，但还有什么不足呢？

7、肯定同学答案。你有什么方法可将杯底

的不溶物和水彻底地分开？

8、过滤的方法更好些，它能将不溶物和液体彻底分开。同学们在课前已经分小组预习了“过滤的操作方法”，下面就请同学们用过滤的方法，把杯中的不溶物和液体分离开来。前后两个实验小组互派一位同学，观察

评价对方小组的实验进程。

9、学生操作完毕后，请学生评价交流。

2、回答：静置的时间长一

些。

3、听教师讲解，记录。

增加学生生活经验的同时，使学生体会到化学知识在生活生产中的广泛应用，从而激发学生学习化学知

识的热情。感受到科技的发展，新材料的发明，对人类生活、生产的贡献。

4、实验、观察现象。 5、回答：活性炭。听教师

讲解、记录。

6、回答：沉降下来的不溶物和水是分为上下两层，而

没有彻底分开。 7、回答：慢慢地倾倒杯中液体。用过滤的方法。 8、分小组做过滤实验。

引导，过渡到过滤操

作的学习。

检查预习成果，训练过滤操作，提高实验技能，培养团队意识。

10、请做的较好的一个实验小组派代表介绍

他们的成功经验。

9、学生评价：提高学生的观察能1）滤纸没有和漏斗壁紧贴。力，以互评的方式培2）滤液倾倒太快，使滤液养了学生学习交流习

未经滤纸而流下。惯，促进团队意识的3）有的同学太紧张，玻璃发展。

棒把滤纸弄破了。 10、回答：我们课前预习后分享成功。有一起讨论，总结了这个操作的注意事项，并在实验前，回顾了整个实验过程，

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

11、教师总评：同学们观察仔细，评价也很正确，可见预习这种学习方法的运用，是十分重要的。(www.61k.com］过滤操作注意事项很多，我们总结为“一贴、二低、三靠”，请大家看投影。 12、引导：对于少量用水，我们可以通过沉淀、吸附、过滤使水得到净化，自来水厂是不是也这样净化水呢？请同学们看课文图

3-15。

做到胸有成竹。 11、认真听教师讲解、记录。辅导学习方法，理清

思路，掌握好过滤的

操作技能。 12、阅读教材，讨论分析。了解自来水厂水净化回答：自来水厂净化水的主过程。要步骤是：加絮凝剂使悬浮在水中的小颗粒状杂质被吸附、凝聚，然后在反应沉淀池中沉降，分离杂质，接着用活性炭吸附，得到更澄清的水，最后投药消毒。 13、听讲、思考、记录。扩宽知识面。

13、补充讲解：这里用的絮凝剂的作用和明

矾相同。在消毒灭菌时，主要是往水中通入适量的氯气，这样千家万户就可以使用较纯

净、安全的自来水了。

14、启发：同学们可以以小组为单位，按图14、思考、兴奋、讨论。中提示，利用身边材料合作建设一个小型“自来水厂”，下周上课时把作品交流。

15、提问：自然界的水通过沉淀、吸附、过15、回答：是，因为它澄清滤之后变澄清了，这样的水是否是纯净物透明。不是，它可能还含有

呢？一些被溶解的杂质。

16、到底是不是纯净物我们接着学习下面的16、带着疑问进入下一个学

硬水和软水就知道了。习环节。三、硬水和软水

1、讲解：通过沉淀、过滤的方法只除去不溶性杂质，水中还有许多溶解性的杂质。生活中我们可能有这样的经验，经常用来烧水的水壶或装水的开水瓶结有一层黄色物质——水垢。这是因为水中溶有可溶性钙和镁的化合物，加热或放久了，这些化合物便会生成沉淀——水垢，象这样含有较多可溶性钙和镁化合物的水叫硬水。不含或含较少可

溶性钙和镁化合物的水叫软水。 2、引导：那么怎样用简单的方法区分硬水和软水呢？演示：把肥皂分别加到硬水、软水中，搅拌，让学生观察两个烧杯中产生的

1、听讲、思考、理解、记录，明确硬水和软水的概

念。

启发学生自制“自来水生产模型”，不仅提高了学生实践能力，而且加深了对自来厂净水方法和过程的科学认识。激疑，吸引同学的注意力，保持学生学习

兴趣。

从生活例子出发，感性地认识硬水和软

水。

2、观察、描述：一个烧杯中有很多肥皂泡，另一个烧

杯却很少。

学习硬水和软水的签

别方法。

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

的紧迫意识，同时激发对使用清洁能源的渴望。[www.61k.com）培养表达能力。学生讨论、交流、小组代表发言。学生思考、发言。学生认识并记忆。知道几种清洁燃料及其优点。培养表达能力。学生讨论、交流、代表发言。学生发言，归纳。培养知识归纳能力、表达能力。92[组织阅读] 其实，我国在许多年以前就已经开始努力寻找新的办法同时开发新的能源来改善大气环境，提高人民生活质量了。比如著名的“西气东输”。 [组织讨论] 3．现代社会对能量的需求量越来越大，化学反应提供的能量已不能满足人类的需求。我国各地区及世界各国也都在利用和开发新的能源。你知道有哪些能源是可被人类利用的吗？（太阳能、核能、风能、地热能、水能、潮汐能等） [出示能源图片]学生听讲，了解。学生讨论、交流，代表发言。培养分析对比能力，知道在化学燃料中，天然气是比较清洁的燃料。学生阅读，了解。了解我国在改善大气环境，提高人民生活质量方面所作的工作培养爱国主义情感。学生讨论、发言。这些能源的利用，不但可以部分解决化石燃料面临耗尽的问题，还可以减少对环境的污染。希望同学们将来长大了，能将自己所学知识应用到开发和利用更理想更实用的清洁能源方面，为人类生活质量的进一步提高作出自己的贡献。 [课堂小结] 谈谈这节课你的收获？课后反思：93认识人类对新能源的开发和利用。观察图片。提出希望，给学生鼓励，引导努力奋斗的方向。

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

九年级化学上册教案 2013年新课本人教版九年级化学上册教案

抱歉，获取内容失败请稍后刷新尝试

三 : 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

义务教育教科书

英语英语

（国（国）

九年级全一册

人民教育出版社课程教材研究所英语课程教材研究开发中心）编著圣智学习集团中美

九年级

· 北京·

致同学

同学们，你们好！欢迎你们进入九年级的英语学习！本套教材是根据你们的心理特点、认知水平和兴趣爱好来编写的。相信在新学年，教材的以下特点会继续帮助你们学好英语：

1. 教材不仅要帮助你们学习英语语言知识，更重要的是要帮助你们发展语言运用能力，让你们学会用英语表达思想、与人交流。

2. 教材充分考虑了你们的生活实际和学习需求，教材的内容和活动都与你们的生活和兴趣紧密相连，目的是让你们在英语学习中不感到枯燥乏味，而是有话可说、有话想说、有话能说。

3. 教材在重视培养你们的语言运用能力的同时，更加重一基础。

4. 教材为你们设计了许多具有交际意义的任务或活动，目的是让你们在英语课堂上“活”起来、“动”起来。英语课堂教学需要你们的充分参与，英语学习需要你们与老师合作、与同学交流。通过参与和互动，你们的英语水平才会得到不断提高。

5. 教材进一步丰富了文化教学的内容，包括我们的民族文化、英语国家的文化和非英语国家的文化。通过文化内容的学习，你们的视野会更开阔，思想会更丰富，思维会更活跃，交流会更得体。

要想学好英语，光靠课本是不够的，你们还需要继续接触多和

更写机

、会

多

多来

的

记学

英、习

语多英

学习资源。学习英语没有捷径，只有多听、多说、多读、用才是最有效的办法。因此，你们要充分利用各种资源语。

同学们，继续努力吧！祝你们英语学习取得更大进步！

视步

学

培

好

养

英

你语

们的

的语言学习策略和技能。这些策略和技能是帮助你们进

编者 2012 年 12 月

Contents

Units

Topics

Functions

Structures

Verb + by with gerund

How can we become good learners?

Page 1

Learning how to learn Talk about how to

study

I think that

mooncakes are delicious!

Page 9

Festivals

Give a personal reaction

Objective clauses with that, if and whether

Exclamatory statements

Getting around

Ask for information politely Follow directions

Objective clauses with wh- questions

Could you please tell

me where the restrooms are?

Page 17

Target Language

How do you learn English? I learn by studying with a group. Do you learn English by reading aloud?

Yes, I do. It helps my pronunciation. How can I read faster?

You can read faster by reading word groups.

I know that the Water Festival is really fun.

business, Christmas, dessert, fool, garden, novel, present, pound,

I wonder if they’ll have the races again relative, stranger, tie, treat, warmth

admire, lay, lie, punish, spread, next year.

I wonder whether June is a good time steal, warn

wash away, lay out, dress up, put on to visit Hong Kong.

What fun the Water Festival is! How pretty the dragon boats were!

Excuse me, do you know where I can buy some medicine?

Sure. There’s a supermarket down the street.

address, bathroom, choice, corner, direction, postcard, restroom, speaker, stamp rush, suggest

money, magazine, dictionary,

dinner, newspaper, information, town, shoes, bookstore, supermarket, bank, park, ride, restaurant, post office, library, museum

Vocabulary

ability, attention, brain,

conversation, expression, grammar, knowledge, note, pronunciation, secret, speed, textbook

connect, create, discover, increase, pronounce, repeat, review active, patient

pay attention to, connect ... with, fall in love with

Recycling

work, read, listen, ask, help, study, watch, practice, improve, under- stand, learn, develop, remember, prepare

be interested in, look up, be good at, in common, get bored, find out, take notes, learn from How questions

fantastic, crowded, delicious,

fun, traditional, pretty, beautiful, exciting, interesting, special, scary, popular

be similar to, remind ... of

Could you please tell me how to get to the central, convenient, correct, direct, post office? excuse me, go along, turn right/ east, polite, underground Sorry, I’m not sure how to get there. left, second/third floor, next to I wonder where we should go next. You should try that new ride over there.

Modal verbs

Units

Topics Functions

Used to

Structures

I used to be afraid of the dark.

Page 25

How we have changed Talk about what you

used to be like

Things made in China Talk about what

products are made of and where they were made

Passive voice (present tense)

What are the shirts made of?

Page 33

Inventions

Talk about the history of inventions

Passive voice (past tense)

When was it invented?

Page 41

Rules

Talk about what you are allowed to do Agree and disagree

Should + be allowed to

Modal verbs used in the passive voice

Teenagers should be allowed to choose their own clothes.

Page 49

Target Language

I used to be short.

I didn’t use to be popular in school. You used to be short, didn’t you? Yes, I did./No, I didn’t. Did he use to wear glasses? Yes, he did./No, he didn’t.

Vocabulary

ant, background, examination, guard, introduction, pride, score, speech

fail, influence, interview, require

Recycling

tall, short, outgoing, funny, shy, serious, quiet, friendly, active, brave, thin, strong, famous, popular, afraid, normal

absent, general, helpful, humorous, straight/curly hair, wear glasses,

pay attention to private, proud, silent

be proud of, from time to time, take Present perfect tense pride in, deal with, in person

stamp, wood, gold, paper, silk, model plane, painting, tea,

mountain, health, business, camera, clothes, watch, toy, kite, festival, competition, art, bamboo Objective clauses

invention, TV, car, telephone, special, ice-cream, shoes, tea,

century, country, inventor, potato chip, history, mistake, basketball, idea

invent, discover, create

Are your shirts made of cotton?

Yes, they are. And they were made in the US.

What’s the model plane made of ? It’s made of used wood and glass. How is tea grown?

It’s planted on the sides of mountains.

When was the zipper invented? It was invented in 1893.

Who was it invented by?

It was invented by Whitcomb Judson. What is the hot ice-cream scoop used for?

It’s used for serving really cold ice- cream.

I don’t think sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to drive.

I agree. They aren’t serious enough. Teenagers must not be allowed to have part-time jobs.

I disagree. They can learn a lot from working.

balloon, blouse, cap, chopstick, coin, fork, form, glass, glove, grass, handbag, heat, leaf, material, product, scissors, steel, surface

avoid, complete, paint, process international, lively, local no matter, even though

basket, customer, fridge, hero, instrument, doubt, pioneer, pleasure, project, purpose, smell, style, website

divide, list, mention, produce, translate

by accident, by mistake, look up to, popular, sweet, salty take place, without doubt, all of a It is said that ... sudden

It is believed that ...

part-time job, chance, community, parent, decision, rule, test, choice license, safety, society drive, choose, work, agree, disagree, cry, educate, enter, hug, lift, manage, regret, smoke, support get in the way of, keep away from, talk/shout back, make one’s own decision

decide

young, silly, serious, old, strict, worried

take photos, move out, take care of, look after, care about Adverbial clauses with when

Units

Topics

Mysteries

Functions

Make inferences

Structures

Must, might, could and can’t for making inferences

It must belong to Carla.

Page 57

Music and movies

Express preferences

Relative clauses with that, who and which

I like music that I can dance to.

Page 65

Customs

Talk about customs and what you are supposed to do

Supposed to + infinitive

You’re

supposed to shake hands.

Page 73

Feelings

Talk about how things affect you

Make + sb. + infinitive without to Make + sb. + adjective

Sad movies make me cry.

Page 81

Target Language

Whose volleyball is this?

It must be Carla’s. She loves volleyball. Whose hair band is this?

It could be Mei’s hair band. Or it might belong to Linda. They both have long hair.

What did you see that night? I’m not sure, but it can’t be a dog.

What kind of music do you like? I love music that/which I can sing along with.

What kind of movies do you like? I prefer movies that/which give me something to think about.

What kind of musicians does Carmen like?

She likes musicians who play different kinds of music.

What are you supposed to do when you meet someone for the first time? You’re supposed to shake hands. Am I supposed to wear jeans? No, you’re expected to wear a suit and tie.

Is it important to be on time? Yes, it’s important to be on time.

The loud music makes me nervous. Money and fame don’t always make people happy.

She said that the sad movie made her feel like crying.

dialogue, director, master, pain, pity, praise, total, war, wound

Vocabulary

circle, coat, enemy, laboratory, leader, noise, picnic, policeman, rabbit, truck, period, suit, victory attend, express, prevent, receive medical, valuable

anybody, somebody, whose not only ... but also

Recycling

volleyball, magazine, book, CD, toy, music, schoolbag, idea remember, believe, think, agree favorite, unusual, strange, special, nervous, worried thousands of, run after

Adverbial clauses with but, however and as

dance, sing, relax, laugh, enjoy, like, love, prefer

perform, prefer, reflect, sense, shut, loud, quiet, slow, funny, serious, suppose down, tired, sad, exciting, scary,

happy, comfortable, sweet, salty, national, plenty, smooth,

interesting, beautiful, favorite electronic, spare

in that case, plenty of, in total

don’t mind, feel like, cheer up

blackboard, capital, chalk, coast,

kiss, noon, passport, season, suggestion, traffic, value, worth behave, greet, knock, value drop by, get mad, make an effort, go out of one’s way, make ... feel at home

kiss, meet, wear, arrive, behave late, polite, impolite, important, strange

shake hands, on time Should for advice If clauses

agreement, coach, courage,

friendship, goal, lemon, palace, queen, king, shoulder, wealth, weight

cancel, examine, kick, nod the more ... the more, neither ... nor, leave out, let ... down, kick off, be hard on oneself, rather than, pull together

rainy, cloudy, sad, uncomfortable, comfortable, soft, relaxed, loud, nervous, sleepy, mad, unhappy, worried, angry, lucky

drive ... crazy, in common, even though Passive voice

Units

Topics Bad days Functions Narrate past events Structures Review of key structures

Life is full of

the unexpected.

Page 89

Protecting the

environment Talk about pollution and environmental

protection Review of key structures We’re trying to

save the earth!

Page 97

School days Share past memories

and experiences

Look ahead to the

future Review of key structures I remember meeting all of

you in Grade 7.

Page 105

Page 113

Page 119

Page 132

Page 143

Grammar Words and Expressions in Each Unit Vocabulary Index Irregular Verbs

VIII

Target Language

When I got to school, I realized that I had left my backpack at home. When I woke up, it was already 8:00 a.m.

Before I got to the bus stop, the bus had already left.

Vocabulary Recycling

backpack, bean, block, boss, course, bus, shower, key, clock, plane, bus cream, discovery, east, lady, market, stop, airport, earthquake, joke officer, pie, west, worker wake up, brush one’s teeth, wash one’s burn, miss, oversleep face, miss, go off, get dressed, show up,

get up late, stay up, put on Simple past give ... a lift, take off, take place

tense

Adverbial clauses

clean up, take the bus/subway, ride a bike, cut down, throw away, pull down, set up

Present progressive tense Present perfect tense

Passive voice

no matter, first of all, full of, deal with, be proud of, give up, along with, set out, grow up, work out Objective clauses Be going to

As I was waiting in line with the other office workers, I heard a loud sound.

We’re trying to save the earth. advantage, bottle, bottom, coal,

cost, fisherman, gate, industry, law, The river used to be so clean.

metal, method, president

It was considered the nicest river in

afford, cost, litter, recycle town.

harmful, low, public, ugly, wooden The air has become really polluted.

cut off, make a difference

I think that I’ll have to study much harder for exams.

degree, gentleman, instruction, keyboard, level, manager, row,

I’m going to join the school volleyball secretary, standard, survey, task,

text, wing team.

I remember being a volunteer. I’m looking forward to going to senior high school.

congradulate, double, separate, shall, overcome

in a row, make a mess, believe in, be responsible for

How can we become good learners?

1a Check (?) the ways you study English. Then add other ways you sometimes study.

a. by working with friends

b. by making word cards

c. by reading the textbook

d. by listening to tapes

I study by making word cards.

e. by asking the teacher for help

1b Listen. How do these students study for a test? Write letters from 1a above.

1. Meiping

2. Peter 3. Tony

1c Make conversations about how you study for a test.

A: How do you study for a test?

B: I study by working with a group.

四 : 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

义务教育教科书

英语英语

（国（国）

九年级全一册

人民教育出版社课程教材研究所英语课程教材研究开发中心）编著圣智学习集团中美

九年级

· 北京·

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

致同学

同学们，你们好！欢迎你们进入九年级的英语学习！本套教材是根据你们的心理特点、认知水平和兴趣爱好来编写的。（www.61k.com] 相信在新学年，教材的以下特点会继续帮助你们学好英语：

1. 教材不仅要帮助你们学习英语语言知识，更重要的是要帮助你们发展语言运用能力，让你们学会用英语表达思想、与人交流。

3. 教材在重视培养你们的语言运用能力的同时，更加重一基础。

要想学好英语，光靠课本是不够的，你们还需要继续接触多和

更写机

、会

多

多来

的

记学

英、习

语多英

学习资源。学习英语没有捷径，只有多听、多说、多读、用才是最有效的办法。因此，你们要充分利用各种资源语。

同学们，继续努力吧！祝你们英语学习取得更大进步！

视步

学

培

好

养

英

你语

们的

的语言学习策略和技能。这些策略和技能是帮助你们进

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

编者 2012 年 12 月

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Contents

Units

Topics

Functions

Structures

Verb + by with gerund

How can we become good learners?

Page 1

Learning how to learn Talk about how to

study

I think that

mooncakes are delicious!

Page 9

Festivals

Give a personal reaction

Objective clauses with that, if and whether

Exclamatory statements

Getting around

Ask for information politely Follow directions

Objective clauses with wh- questions

Could you please tell

me where the restrooms are?

Page 17

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Target Language

How do you learn English? I learn by studying with a group. Do you learn English by reading aloud?

Yes, I do. It helps my pronunciation. How can I read faster?

You can read faster by reading word groups.

I know that the Water Festival is really fun.

business, Christmas, dessert, fool, garden, novel, present, pound,

I wonder if they’ll have the races again relative, stranger, tie, treat, warmth

admire, lay, lie, punish, spread, next year.

I wonder whether June is a good time steal, warn

wash away, lay out, dress up, put on to visit Hong Kong.

What fun the Water Festival is! How pretty the dragon boats were!

Excuse me, do you know where I can buy some medicine?

Sure. There’s a supermarket down the street.

address, bathroom, choice, corner, direction, postcard, restroom, speaker, stamp rush, suggest

money, magazine, dictionary,

dinner, newspaper, information, town, shoes, bookstore, supermarket, bank, park, ride, restaurant, post office, library, museum

Vocabulary

ability, attention, brain,

conversation, expression, grammar, knowledge, note, pronunciation, secret, speed, textbook

connect, create, discover, increase, pronounce, repeat, review active, patient

pay attention to, connect ... with, fall in love with

Recycling

work, read, listen, ask, help, study, watch, practice, improve, under- stand, learn, develop, remember, prepare

be interested in, look up, be good at, in common, get bored, find out, take notes, learn from How questions

fantastic, crowded, delicious,

fun, traditional, pretty, beautiful, exciting, interesting, special, scary, popular

be similar to, remind ... of

Modal verbs

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Units

Topics Functions

Used to

Structures

I used to be afraid of the dark.

Page 25

How we have changed Talk about what you

used to be like

Things made in China Talk about what

products are made of and where they were made

Passive voice (present tense)

What are the shirts made of?

Page 33

Inventions

Talk about the history of inventions

Passive voice (past tense)

When was it invented?

Page 41

Rules

Talk about what you are allowed to do Agree and disagree

Should + be allowed to

Modal verbs used in the passive voice

Teenagers should be allowed to choose their own clothes.

Page 49

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Target Language

I used to be short.

I didn’t use to be popular in school. You used to be short, didn’t you? Yes, I did./No, I didn’t. Did he use to wear glasses? Yes, he did./No, he didn’t.

Vocabulary

ant, background, examination, guard, introduction, pride, score, speech

fail, influence, interview, require

Recycling

tall, short, outgoing, funny, shy, serious, quiet, friendly, active, brave, thin, strong, famous, popular, afraid, normal

absent, general, helpful, humorous, straight/curly hair, wear glasses,

pay attention to private, proud, silent

be proud of, from time to time, take Present perfect tense pride in, deal with, in person

stamp, wood, gold, paper, silk, model plane, painting, tea,

mountain, health, business, camera, clothes, watch, toy, kite, festival, competition, art, bamboo Objective clauses

invention, TV, car, telephone, special, ice-cream, shoes, tea,

century, country, inventor, potato chip, history, mistake, basketball, idea

invent, discover, create

Are your shirts made of cotton?

Yes, they are. And they were made in the US.

What’s the model plane made of ? It’s made of used wood and glass. How is tea grown?

It’s planted on the sides of mountains.

When was the zipper invented? It was invented in 1893.

Who was it invented by?

It was invented by Whitcomb Judson. What is the hot ice-cream scoop used for?

It’s used for serving really cold ice- cream.

I don’t think sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to drive.

I agree. They aren’t serious enough. Teenagers must not be allowed to have part-time jobs.

I disagree. They can learn a lot from working.

balloon, blouse, cap, chopstick, coin, fork, form, glass, glove, grass, handbag, heat, leaf, material, product, scissors, steel, surface

avoid, complete, paint, process international, lively, local no matter, even though

basket, customer, fridge, hero, instrument, doubt, pioneer, pleasure, project, purpose, smell, style, website

divide, list, mention, produce, translate

by accident, by mistake, look up to, popular, sweet, salty take place, without doubt, all of a It is said that ... sudden

It is believed that ...

decide

young, silly, serious, old, strict, worried

take photos, move out, take care of, look after, care about Adverbial clauses with when

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Units

Topics

Mysteries

Functions

Make inferences

Structures

Must, might, could and can’t for making inferences

It must belong to Carla.

Page 57

Music and movies

Express preferences

Relative clauses with that, who and which

I like music that I can dance to.

Page 65

Customs

Talk about customs and what you are supposed to do

Supposed to + infinitive

You’re

supposed to shake hands.

Page 73

Feelings

Talk about how things affect you

Make + sb. + infinitive without to Make + sb. + adjective

Sad movies make me cry.

Page 81

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Target Language

Whose volleyball is this?

It must be Carla’s. She loves volleyball. Whose hair band is this?

It could be Mei’s hair band. Or it might belong to Linda. They both have long hair.

What did you see that night? I’m not sure, but it can’t be a dog.

What kind of music do you like? I love music that/which I can sing along with.

What kind of movies do you like? I prefer movies that/which give me something to think about.

What kind of musicians does Carmen like?

She likes musicians who play different kinds of music.

What are you supposed to do when you meet someone for the first time? You’re supposed to shake hands. Am I supposed to wear jeans? No, you’re expected to wear a suit and tie.

Is it important to be on time? Yes, it’s important to be on time.

The loud music makes me nervous. Money and fame don’t always make people happy.

She said that the sad movie made her feel like crying.

dialogue, director, master, pain, pity, praise, total, war, wound

Vocabulary

circle, coat, enemy, laboratory, leader, noise, picnic, policeman, rabbit, truck, period, suit, victory attend, express, prevent, receive medical, valuable

anybody, somebody, whose not only ... but also

Recycling

volleyball, magazine, book, CD, toy, music, schoolbag, idea remember, believe, think, agree favorite, unusual, strange, special, nervous, worried thousands of, run after

Adverbial clauses with but, however and as

dance, sing, relax, laugh, enjoy, like, love, prefer

perform, prefer, reflect, sense, shut, loud, quiet, slow, funny, serious, suppose down, tired, sad, exciting, scary,

happy, comfortable, sweet, salty, national, plenty, smooth,

interesting, beautiful, favorite electronic, spare

in that case, plenty of, in total

don’t mind, feel like, cheer up

blackboard, capital, chalk, coast,

kiss, noon, passport, season, suggestion, traffic, value, worth behave, greet, knock, value drop by, get mad, make an effort, go out of one’s way, make ... feel at home

kiss, meet, wear, arrive, behave late, polite, impolite, important, strange

shake hands, on time Should for advice If clauses

agreement, coach, courage,

friendship, goal, lemon, palace, queen, king, shoulder, wealth, weight

cancel, examine, kick, nod the more ... the more, neither ... nor, leave out, let ... down, kick off, be hard on oneself, rather than, pull together

rainy, cloudy, sad, uncomfortable, comfortable, soft, relaxed, loud, nervous, sleepy, mad, unhappy, worried, angry, lucky

drive ... crazy, in common, even though Passive voice

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Units

Topics Bad days Functions Narrate past events Structures Review of key structures

Life is full of

the unexpected.

Page 89

Protecting the

environment Talk about pollution and environmental

protection Review of key structures We’re trying to

save the earth!

Page 97

School days Share past memories

and experiences

Look ahead to the

future Review of key structures I remember meeting all of

you in Grade 7.

Page 105

Page 113

Page 119

Page 132

Page 143

Grammar Words and Expressions in Each Unit Vocabulary Index Irregular Verbs

VIII

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Target Language

When I got to school, I realized that I had left my backpack at home. When I woke up, it was already 8:00 a.m.

Before I got to the bus stop, the bus had already left.

Vocabulary Recycling

get up late, stay up, put on Simple past give ... a lift, take off, take place

tense

Adverbial clauses

clean up, take the bus/subway, ride a bike, cut down, throw away, pull down, set up

Present progressive tense Present perfect tense

Passive voice

no matter, first of all, full of, deal with, be proud of, give up, along with, set out, grow up, work out Objective clauses Be going to

As I was waiting in line with the other office workers, I heard a loud sound.

We’re trying to save the earth. advantage, bottle, bottom, coal,

cost, fisherman, gate, industry, law, The river used to be so clean.

metal, method, president

It was considered the nicest river in

afford, cost, litter, recycle town.

harmful, low, public, ugly, wooden The air has become really polluted.

cut off, make a difference

I think that I’ll have to study much harder for exams.

degree, gentleman, instruction, keyboard, level, manager, row,

I’m going to join the school volleyball secretary, standard, survey, task,

text, wing team.

I remember being a volunteer. I’m looking forward to going to senior high school.

congradulate, double, separate, shall, overcome

in a row, make a mess, believe in, be responsible for

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

How can we become good learners?

1a Check (?) the ways you study English. Then add other ways you sometimes study.

a. by working with friends

b. by making word cards

c. by reading the textbook

d. by listening to tapes

I study by making word cards.

e. by asking the teacher for help

1b Listen. How do these students study for a test? Write letters from 1a above.

1. Meiping

2. Peter 3. Tony

1c Make conversations about how you study for a test.

A: How do you study for a test?

B: I study by working with a group.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 1

2a Questions

5. Do you learn English by watching videos? Do you ever practice conversations with friends? What about listening to tapes? What about reading aloud to practice pronunciation? Have you ever studied with a group? Answers Listen and check (?) the questions you hear.

2b Listen again. Match each answer below with a question above.

a. Yes, I have. I’ve learned a lot that way.

b. Oh, yes. It improves my speaking skills.

c. I do that sometimes. I think it helps.

d. No. It’s too hard to understand the voices.

2c Make conversations using the information in 2a and 2b.

A: Have you ever studied with a group?

B: Yes, I have. I’ve learned a lot that way.

2d Role-play the conversation.

Jack: Annie, I’m a little nervous. I have

to finish reading a book and give a report next Monday.

Annie: That doesn’t sound too bad.

Jack: But I’m a very slow reader.

Annie: For the first time, just read quickly to

get the main ideas. Don’t read word by word, read word groups. Jack: But I don’t understand many of the words. I have to use a dictionary. Annie: Try to guess a word’s meaning by reading the sentences before and after it. You probably understand more than you think.

Jack: That sounds difficult!

Annie: Well, be patient. It takes time. You can become better by reading

something you enjoy every day. The more you read, the faster you’ll be.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

How can we become good learners? UNIT 1

3a Read the passage about Wei Fen and answer the questions.

1. Why did Wei Fen find it difficult to learn English?

2. What did she do in English class?

3. What is the secret to language learning?

How I Learned to Learn English

Last year, I did not like my English class. Every class was like a bad dream. The teacher spoke too quickly. But I was afraid to ask questions because my pronunciation was very bad. So I just hid behind my textbook and never said anything.

Then one day I watched an English movie called Toy Story. I fell in love with this

exciting and funny movie! So then I began to watch other English movies as well.

Although I could not understand everything the characters said, their body language and the expressions on their faces helped me to get the meaning. I also realized I could get the meaning by listening for just the key words. My pronunciation also improved by listening to the interesting conversations in English movies. I discovered that listening to something you are interested in is the secret to language learning. I also learned useful sentences like “It’s a piece of cake” or “It serves you right.” I did

not understand these sentences at first. But because I wanted to

understand the story, I looked up the words in a dictionary.

Now I really enjoy my English class. I want to learn new words and

more grammar. Then I can have a better understanding of English

movies.

3b Complete the sentences with what Wei Fen learned from watching movies. Use words and phrases from the passage.

1. I can understand the meaning by watching their

on their faces. and the

2. I can get the meaning by listening for just the

3. My pronunciation improved by listening to the in English movies.

4. I learned sentences like “It’s a piece of cake” by watching

the movies.

5. I can get the meaning of the new words by looking them up in a

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 1

Grammar

F o c u s

How do you learn English?

Do you learn English by reading aloud?

How can I read faster?

How can I improve my pronunciation?

4a Match the questions and answers. I learn by studying with a group. Yes, I do. It helps my pronunciation. You can read faster by reading word groups. One way is by listening to tapes.

How do you practice speaking? By watching English programs.

How do you learn new words? By listening to a tape and repeating out loud. How do you improve your writing? By having conversations with friends.

How do you practice listening? By taking notes, doing exercises and reading a lot. How do you improve your pronunciation? By making word cards.

How do you learn grammar? By writing e-mails to my pen pals.

4b Complete these statements. Use information that is true for you. a. I like to practice my English by taking notes / reading books and newspapers / speaking English with my classmates / memorizing sentence patterns b. I like to learn math by

c. I like to practice my physics by

d. I like to improve my chemistry by

e. I like to practice my Chinese by

f. I like to improve my history and geography by

4c Check (?) what you A: Do you learn English by doing grammar exercises?

do to learn English. B: Yes, I do.

Then interview your A: How often do you do them?

B: ... partner.

I learn English by ...

yes

doing grammar exercises.

taking notes in English.

reading English books/magazines.

writing in an English diary.

using an English dictionary.

no how often My partner learns English by ... yes no how often

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

How can we become good learners? UNIT 1

1a Learning English can be difficult. What things

are difficult for you? Read the list. Check (?) the statements that are true for you.

I can’t pronounce some of the words.

I can’t understand spoken English.

I don’t know how to increase my reading speed. I

can’t spell some English words.

I make mistakes in grammar.

1b What other things are difficult for you? Make a list. 1. I don’t know enough words to write well.

1c Paul finds it difficult to learn English. Listen and complete the learning challenges he talks about.

Challenges

1. He can’t get the right.

2. He a lot of new words.

3. He can’t always when people talk to him.

4. He doesn’t get much practice.

1d Listen again. Complete the solutions.

Solutions

2. He can always

3. He can

4. He should find a

can help. in his notebook and study them at home. to practice speaking. to practice writing.

1e Role-play conversations using the information in 1c and 1d.

A: I don’t have a partner to practice English with.

B: Maybe you should join an English club.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 1

2a What good learning habits can you think of? Discuss them with your

partner. mentioned?

USING DICTIONARIES 2b Read the passage quickly. Which four habits of successful learners are

How Can You Become a Successful Learner?

Everyone is born with the ability to learn.

But whether or not you can do this well depen ds on your learning habits. Research shows that successful learners have some good habits in common. This can help you find the definition that matches the context of the word in the text.

Creating an interest in what they learn

Studies show that if you are interested in something, your brain is more active and it is also easier for you to pay attention to it for a long time. Good learners often connect what they need to learn with something they are interested in. For example, if they need to learn English and they like music or sports, they can listen to English songs or watch sports programs in English. This way they will not get bored.

Practicing and learning from mistakes

Good learners think about what they are good at and what they need to practice more. Remember, “use it or lose it”! Even if you learn something well, you will

forget it unless you use it. Practice makes perfect. Good learners are also not afraid of making mistakes. Alexander Graham Bell did not invent the telephone overnight. He succeeded by trying many times and learning from his mistakes.

Developing their study skills

It is not enough to just study hard. You have to know how to study. Good learners find out the best ways to learn well. For example, they may take notes by writing down key words or by drawing mind maps. Good learners also look for ways to review what they have learned. They may do this by reading their notes every day or by explaining the information to another student.

Asking questions

ood learners often ask questions during or after class. hey even

ask each other and try to find out the answers. Knowledge

comes from questioning.

Learning is a life-long journey because every day brings

something new. Everything that you learn becomes a

part of you and changes you, so learn wisely and learn

well.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

How can we become good learners?

2c UNIT 1 Read the passage again and answer the questions.

1. Does the writer think that everyone is born with the ability to learn well? Do you agree? Why or why not?

2. Why is it a good idea to connect something you need to learn with some- thing you are interested in?

3. What do the sayings “use it or lose it” and “practice makes perfect” mean? Do you agree with them?

4. Do good learners learn from mistakes or are they afraid of making mistakes?

5. What study skills does the writer talk about? Do you have those study skills?

6. Do you agree that learning is a life-long journey? Why or why not?

2d Find the following words from the passage in the dictionary. Then write a sentence using each word in the context of the reading.

brain n.

attention n.

ability n. connect v. review v. active adj. overnight adv. knowledge n. wisely adv. e.g. brain: A good way to train the brain is to do some math exercises every day.

2e Can you think of other ways to become a successful learner? Discuss

with your group and share your ideas with the class.

A: I think another way to become a successful learner is by trying to think about the same thing in different ways.

B: I agree. I believe that ...

3a Your friend wants to improve his/her English and asks you for help. What are the three best ways to learn and why? Make some notes in the chart.

Best ways to learn

Reasons Examples

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 1

3b Write a letter to your friend. Give him/her some advice about the best ways to learn English. Use your notes in 3a. Dear ...,

There are three good ways to learn English. The first way is ...

Try to use the following expressions: The second way is ... The third way is ... I think you should ...

Your friend, If you do this, you will ... It is also a good idea to ... because ... You could try to improve your English by ... This

will help you to ...

Self Check

1 Fill in the blanks with the words in the box.

practice develop

until worry remember prepare take everything stressed exercises Are you out each time you have a test? You don’t have to be if you smart study skills. Remember to notes in class and review them on your own or with friends after class. Then

what you learned by doing . Try to study and

information bit by bit instead of waiting the last minute to study at once. If you well for a test, then there’s nothing to about!

2 Number these sentences in order to make a conversation.

What’s the matter?

Well, I practice my listening by listening to the tape over and over again until I can understand everything.

So you want to practice your listening? Hi,

Jake, I need your help.

Uh-huh. Do you have any advice? OK,

I’ll try that.

I have a listening test next week.

3 Give advice to these people.

1. Jane is a very slow reader.

She should improve her reading speed

2. Li Ming wants to improve his listening.

He could practice his listening

3. Meiping doesn’t know many English words.

She could learn more words

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I think that mooncakes are delicious!

1a Match the pictures with the descriptions.

1. 2. 3. 4. The Water Festival in Thailand

The Dragon Boat Festival in Hong Kong Chinese Spring Festival in Beijing The Lantern Festival in Jiangxi

I loved the races! But I guess that it was a little crowded.

What a great day! What did you

like best?

Listen and circle T for true or F for false.

1. Bill thinks that the races were not that interesting to watch. T F 2. Mary thinks that the teams were fantastic. T F 3. Bill wonders whether they’ll have the sweet rice dumplings again next year. T F 4. Bill and Mary believe that they’ll be back next year to watch the races. 1c Talk about the festivals in 1a.

A: What do you like best about the Dragon Boat Festival? B: I

T F

love the races. I think that they’re fun to watch.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 2

2a Listen to the conversation between Wu Ming and Harry and circle the correct words in the sentences.

1. Wu Ming and Harry are cousins / strangers / friends.

2. Wu Ming went to Singapore / Hong Kong / Macao for his vacation.

3. He visited his relatives / friends / classmates.

4. He enjoyed eating out / shopping / the Dragon Boat Festival best.

2b Wu Ming did a lot of fun activities, but these also have down sides. Listen again and fill in the chart.

Fun activities

Eating out

Shopping

Dragon Boat Festival in June Down sides

2c Role-play conversations between Wu Ming and Harry. Use the information in 2a and 2b or make up your own conversations.

A: What did you do on your vacation?

B: I visited my cousins. I think that we ate five meals a day! I’ve put

on five pounds!

A: I guess the food was delicious, right?

2d Role-play the conversation.

Clara: Guess what? I’m going to Chiang

Mai in two weeks.

Ben: Wow, sounds like fun! But I believe

that April is the hottest month of the

year there.

Clara: Yes, that’s true. But there’s a Water

Festival from April 13th to 15th.

Ben: I wonder if it’s similar to the water

festival of the Dai people in Yunnan Province.

Clara: Yes, I think so. This is the time of the Thai New Year. People go on the streets to throw water at each other.

Ben: Cool! But why do they do that?

Clara: Because the new year is a time for cleaning and washing away bad things. Then you’ll have good luck in the new year.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I think that mooncakes are delicious! UNIT 2

3a Read the passage about Mid-Autumn Festival and answer the questions.

1. How do people celebrate Mid-Autumn Festival?

2. What do mooncakes look like? What meaning do they carry?

3. What story is the reading about?

Full Moon, Full Feelings

Chinese people have been celebrating Mid-Autumn Festival and enjoying

mooncakes for centuries. Mooncakes have the shape of a full moon on

mid-autumn night. They carry people’s wishes to the families they love and miss. There are many traditional folk stories about this festival. However, most people

think that the story of Chang’e is the most touching. Chang’e was Hou Yi’s beautiful wife. After Hou Yi shot down the nine suns, a goddess gave him a magic medicine to thank him. Whoever drank this could live forever, and Hou Yi planned to drink it with Chang’e. However, a bad man, Feng Meng, tried to steal the medicine when Hou Yi was not home. Chang’e refused to give it to him and drank it all. She became very light and flew up to the moon. Hou Yi was so sad that he called out her name to the moon every night. One night, he found that the

moon was so bright and round that he could see his wife

there. He quickly laid out her favorite fruits and desserts

in the garden. How he wished that Chang’e could come

back!

After this, people started the tradition of admiring the

moon and sharing mooncakes with their families.

3b Read the passage again. Put the events in the correct order.

Feng Meng tried to steal the medicine.

A goddess thanked Hou Yi by giving him a magic medicine.

Chang’e refused to give Feng Meng the medicine and drank it all.

1 Hou Yi shot down the nine suns and saved the people on the earth. Hou Yi was very sad and watched the moon at night, and wished his

wife could come back.

As a result, Chang’e became light and flew up to the sky.

Hou Yi planned to drink the medicine with his wife.

3c Without looking at the passage, try to complete the sentences with the correct words.

1. People like to a the full moon on Mid-Autumn night.

2. The story of Chang’e is one of many t folk stories.

3. Hou Yi got a m medicine for shooting down the nine suns.

4. Feng Meng wanted to s the medicine.

5. Hou Yi l out fruits and desserts in the garden.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 2

Grammar

F o c u s

I know that the Water Festival is really fun.

I wonder if they’ll have the races again next year.

I wonder whether June is a good time to visit Hong Kong.

I believe that April is the hottest month in Thailand.

4a What fun the Water Festival is! How fantastic the dragon boat teams were! How pretty the dragon boats were! How delicious the food is in Hong Kong! Write sentences using the words given.

e.g. think/Lantern Festival/beautiful I think that the Lantern Festival is beautiful.

1. don’t know/whether/he/come home/for the festival

2. believe/Water Festival/most/fun

3. wonder/if/mooncakes/delicious

4. how/exciting/races

5. what/interesting/city

4b Read the passage below and underline the objective clauses. Then

write your own sentences about Mother’s Day and Father’s Day using objective clauses.

Dear Xia Yu,

Do you know that there are two special days for parents in America? One is Mother’s Day on the second Sunday of May and the other is Father’s Day on the third Sunday of June. On these two days, American children often give gifts to their parents or take them out for lunch or dinner. Common gifts are flowers and cards for mothers and shirts or ties for fathers. I heard that it is becoming more and more popular to celebrate Mother’s Day and Father’s Day in China. I wonder if children over there also give similar gifts to their parents. I believe that there are many ways to show our love. Actually, we don’t have to spend a lot of money. It is also a good idea to help parents to do something instead.

June

4c Which festival do you like best? Ask your group and report to the class.

e.g. In our group, David’s favorite festival is ... He thinks that ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I think that mooncakes are delicious!

1a UNIT 2 Look at the pictures and words related to Halloween. What do you think this festival is about?

scary dress up haunted house black cat candy

ghost trick or treat October spider

1b Listen and answer the questions.

1. Where is Halloween popular?

2. When do people celebrate Halloween?

3. What does Wu Yu think of this festival?

1c Listen and fill in the blanks.

1. Many people make their look scary. They may

the lights and light candles. They also put

things like spiders and ghosts around the doors and

2. Little kids and even parents as ghosts or black cats. They can also as fun things like characters.

3. Parents take their children the neighborhood to ask for

and treats.

4. “Trick or treat” means kids will a trick on you if you don’t them a treat.

1d What do you think of

Halloween? Discuss your

ideas with a partner. What do you think of Halloween? I think it’s a fun festival! I guess it’s quite fun. But I wonder whether I’d be too scared.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 2

2a Do you know when these special days are? Try to match each day with the correct date.

Christmas

April Fool’s Day

Halloween

St. Valentine’s Day

Thanksgiving Fourth Thursday in November February 14th April 1st October 31st December 25th

2b Read the passage about Christmas and answer the questions.

1. What are the common things that people think of for Christmas?

2. Who wrote A Christmas Carol?

3. What is the true meaning or spirit of Christmas?

The Spirit of Christmas INFERRING

Many would agree that when we think of “read between the lines” to Christmas, we probably think of gifts, get the meanings that are Christmas trees and Santa Claus. But behind not clearly stated in a text. all these things lies the true meaning of Christmas: the importance of sharing and giving love and joy to people around us. The story in A Christmas Carol is perhaps the best example of this.

A Christmas Carol is a famous novel written by Charles Dickens. It is about an old man named Scrooge who never laughs or smiles. He is mean and only thinks about himself, and doesn’t treat others nicely. He just cares about whether he can make more money. And he hates Christmas. One Christmas Eve, Scrooge sees the ghost of Jacob Marley, his dead business partner. Marley used to be just like Scrooge, so he was punished after he died. He warns Scrooge to change his ways if he doesn’t want to end up like him. He also tells Scrooge to expect three spirits to visit him.

That night, three ghosts visit Scrooge. First, the Ghost of Christmas Past takes him back to his childhood and reminds Scrooge of his happier days as a child. Then the second spirit, the Ghost of Christmas Present, takes him to see how others are spending Christmas this year. Everyone is happy, even poor people. The last one, the Ghost of Christmas Yet to Come, takes him to the future. He sees that he is dead but nobody cares. Scrooge is so scared that he wakes up in his bed and finds out it is already the next morning on Christmas Day!

He decides to change his life and promises to be a better person. He happily celebrates Christmas with his relatives. He also gives gifts to people in need. He now treats everyone with kindness and warmth, spreading love and joy everywhere he goes. And that is the true spirit of Christmas!

This means you have to

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I think that mooncakes are delicious!

2c Read the passage again and complete the chart. UNIT 2

What does Scrooge see when he’s with ...

the Ghost of Christmas Past?

the Ghost of Christmas Present?

the Ghost of Christmas Yet to Come?

2d Answer the questions. Some answers need to be inferred.

1. Why does Scrooge hate Christmas?

2. Does Scrooge have a lot of friends? Why or why not?

3. Why was Jacob Marley punished after he died?

4. Does Jacob Marley want to help Scrooge? How do you know?

5. What does Scrooge do after seeing the three spirits?

2e What else do you know about Christmas? Make a list of things that you know about this festival with your group. Use the questions to help you.

When is this festival?

Why do people celebrate it?

Who do they celebrate it with?

Do they eat or drink anything special?

What other things do they do as part of the celebrations? Do

you know any old stories about this festival?

How do people feel when they celebrate it?

3a Your English-speaking pen pal wants to know about your favorite Chinese festival. Make some notes about the festival.

What is the name of the festival?

When is it?

What do people eat?

What do people do?

Why do you like it so much?

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 2

3b Write a letter to your pen pal and tell

him/her about your favorite Chinese festival. Use your notes in 3a.

Dear ...,

My favorite Chinese festival is ... It is celebrated in/on ...

During this festival, people ... They eat ... It is my favorite festival because ... It makes me feel ...

In your letter:

First, introduce the festival and when it is celebrated. en talk about what people do and eat.

Finally, explain why you like it best and how it makes you feel.

Self Check

1 Complete the passage with the words in the box.

Many Western countries celebrate Easter. This holiday is always on a Sunday March 22nd and April 25th. It celebrates the birth of new life. Hens

eggs, giving birth to life. So an egg

garden spread

is a symbol of new life. A popular activity during Easter is to hide eggs

between around your home or for friends or to find. treats These can be real eggs, but they are more often chocolate eggs. Not business only do people them around in different hiding places for lay an egg hunt, but they also give out these as gifts. So just relatives like Christmas, Easter creates good for supermarkets and

chocolate stores.

2 Rewrite these sentences as exclamations. 1. The mooncakes are delicious. ? How 2. The festival will be fun. ? What 3. This concert is boring. ? How 4. I’m really excited. ? How

5. The band played really loud music. ? What

3 Make sentences about a festival/festivals you like using these

! ! ! ! !

words + that/whether/if.

I think I know I believe I wonder

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Could you please tell me where the restrooms are?

1a Where can you do the things below? Match each

thing with a place in the picture. Many different answers are possible.

Excuse me, could you tell me where I can ?

(1)

Sure. There’s

Excuse me, a do you know where I (5)

can ? on

(4) (6)

Yes. There’s a on

(2) (3)

b get some money

get some magazines have dinner get a dictionary get some information about the town buy a newspaper buy some stamps get a pair of shoes

1b Listen and complete the conversations in the picture in 1a.

1c Make conversations using the information in 1a. Then talk about your

own city.

A: Excuse me, could you please tell me how to get to the bookstore? B:

Sure, just go along Main Street until you pass Center Street. The bookstore is on your right, next to the bank.

A: Thanks. Do you know when they close today? B: They close at 7:00 p.m. today.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 3

2a Listen. You will hear some of the

directions below. Number the directions in the order that you hear them.

Go to the third floor.

Turn left.

1 Go to the second floor.

Turn right.

The supermarket is between the flower store and the bookstore. Go past the bookstore.

2c Listen again. Show how the boy walks to the supermarket. Draw a line in the picture above. Make conversations about the other places in the picture in 2a.

A: Excuse me, do you know where I can get some postcards? B: Sure. Go to the second floor. There’s a bookstore between the bank and the supermarket.

2d Role-play the conversation.

He Wei: This is Fun Times Park — the

biggest amusement park in my city!

Alice: I’m excited to try the rides!

He Wei: Where should we start? There’s Space World, Water World,

Animal World ...

Alice: Oh, could you tell me where the restrooms are first? He Wei: Pardon? Restroom? You already want to rest? But we haven’t even

started yet!

Alice: Oh no, I don’t mean a room for resting. I mean ... you know, a washroom or bathroom.

He Wei: Hmm ... so you mean ... the toilets? Alice: Yes! Sorry, maybe the word “restroom” is not commonly used in China. He Wei: Right, we normally say “toilets” or “washrooms”. They’re just over

there.

Alice: OK. I’ll be quick! I wonder when the park closes today. He Wei: Nine-thirty, so you don’t need to rush!

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Could you please tell me where the restrooms are?

3a Read the conversation and answer the questions below. UNIT 3

Fun Times Park — Always a Fun Time!

[Alice and He Wei are in Space World]

Alice: I wonder where we should go next. He

Wei: How about that new ride over there? Alice:

Oh ... it looks pretty scary.

He Wei: Come on! I promise it’ll be fun! If you’re afraid, just shout or hold my hand.

[After the ride]

Alice: You were right, that was fun! I was scared at first, but shouting really did help.

He Wei: See, that wasn’t so bad, right? You never know until you try something. Alice: Yes, I’m so glad I tried it. Now I know I can do it and it’s actually fun! He Wei: Do you want to go to Water World now?

Alice: Sure, but I’m really hungry. Do you know where we can get some good food quickly?

He Wei: Of course! I suggest Water City Restaurant in Water World. It’s a fast food place. It serves delicious hamburgers and hot dogs.

Alice: That sounds perfect!

[On their way to Water City Restaurant, Alice and He Wei pass by Uncle Bob’s.]

Alice: Oh, look! This restaurant looks interesting. It seems a rock band plays there every evening.

He Wei: Maybe we can come here for dinner later. Let’s ask what time the band starts.

[Alice and He Wei walk up to a staff person at the door.]

He Wei: Excuse me, could you tell us when the band starts playing this evening? Staff: Eight o’clock. It’s 1. Why did Alice not want to go on the new always busy, so

ride? How did she feel after the ride? come a little earlier

to get a table. 2. What is special about Uncle Bob’s restaurant?

He Wei: OK, thanks! Should Alice and He Wei get there early for

dinner? Why?

3b Underline the questions or statements in the conversation that ask for information. Rewrite them in a different way.

e.g. I wonder where we should go next. Could you tell me where we could go next?

3c Find sentences in 3a with similar meanings to the ones below.

1. You’ll enjoy it for sure.

2. You need to do something before you know what it’s like.

3. It looks like there’s live rock music there every night.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 3

Grammar

F o c u s

Excuse me, do you know where I can buy some medicine?

Could you please tell me how to get to the post office?

Can you tell me when the band starts playing this evening?

I wonder where we should go next.

4a Sure. There’s a supermarket down the street. Sorry, I’m not sure how to get there. It starts at 8:00 p.m. You should try that new ride over there. Rewrite the

questions to make

them more polite. 1. Where can I buy some grapes or other fruit? 2. How does this CD player work?

3. What time does the bank open?

4b What should each

person ask in the

following

situations?

1. Tim is very hungry. 4. How do I get to the Central Library? 5. Is the Italian restaurant nearby open on Mondays?

Could you tell me where I can get something to eat?

Excuse me, would you mind telling me how I can get to a nearby restaurant? Pardon me, do you know if there’s a restaurant around here?

2. Sally needs to mail a letter.

3. Kevin would like to call his friend.

4. Helen needs to know when the bike shop closes.

5. Ben is wondering if there’s a bank in the shopping center.

4c Write five questions that a tourist might ask about your city. Then role-

play conversations with your partner. 1.

5. ? ? ? ? ? A: Excuse me, could you please tell me where the nearest bank is? B: Sure. You go east along this street ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Could you please tell me where the restrooms are?

UNIT 3

What qualities are important for each place? Write the words from the box next to each place below. Write the most important words first.

Places 1. restroom 2. museum 3. restaurant 4. park 5. subway 6. mall

A: The Fine Arts Museum is

Qualities

clean,

interesting fascinating inexpensive quiet uncrowded big

beautiful convenient safe clean

1b Talk about places in your city using the

words in 1a.

really interesting.

B: Yes, and it’s beautiful, too.

1c Listen to the conversations and complete the sentences.

Conversation 1 The boy asks about Conversation 2 The girl asks about Market and Middle Conversation 3

The mother asks about girl wants to go to a girl wants to go to an

, and the clerk tells him to go to Green Land.

, and the clerk tells her to go to the corner of

. The father wants to go to a . The boy wants to go to a

. The clerk tells them to go to the

. The . The older

1d Listen again. Check your answers in 1c.

1e Role-play the

conversations between the clerk and the tourists.

A: Can you tell me where there’s a good

place to eat?

B: Of course. What kind of food do you like? A: ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 3

2a Where do you need to make polite requests? Think of some possible situations. Discuss them with your partner.

2b Read the article and match each paragraph with its main idea.

Paragraph 1 Paragraph 2 Paragraph 3 Paragraph 4 Use more words to help you sound more polite. It is important to know how to make requests politely. Good English speakers need to know how to speak politely. The choice of language depends on the situation and the relationship between the speakers.

USING SUITABLE LANGUAGE

Could You Please ...?

When you visit a foreign country, it is important to know how to ask for help politely. For example, “Where are the restrooms?” or “Could you please tell me where the restrooms are?” are similar requests for directions to a place. Both are correct English, but the first one sounds less polite. That is because it is a very direct question. It is not enough to just ask a question correctly. We also need to learn how to be polite by being less direct — or more indirect — when we ask for help.

In English, as in Chinese, we change the way we speak when we talk with different people. The expressions you use might depend on whom you are speaking to or how well you know them. If you say to your teacher, “When is the school trip?”, this might sound impolite. But if you say, “Excuse me, Mr. West. Do you know when the school trip is?”, this will sound much more polite. However, it is all right to ask direct questions in some situations, like with your classmates.

Usually polite questions are longer and include more language such as “Could you please ...?” or “Can I ask ...?” It sounds more polite to say, “Peter, could you please tell me your e-mail address?” than “Peter, tell me your e-mail address.” Sometimes we even need to spend time leading in to a request. For example, with a stranger on the street, we might first say, “Excuse me, I wonder if you can help me” or “I’m sorry to trouble you, but ...” before asking for help.

It might seem more difficult to speak politely than be direct. However, it is important to learn how to use proper language. This will also help you become better at English, or any other language you wish to speak.

Pardon me, could you please tell me where to park my car? Where’s the post office? In different situations, you need to choose and use suitable language based on cultural knowledge.

Sure. There’s an underground parking lot over there. Sorry. I can’t help you.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Could you please tell me where the restrooms are? UNIT 3

2c Look at the requests and write two more. Describe a suitable situation

for each one. Then make the requests more polite.

Request Suitable situation

1. “How much did you pay A team player is asking another

for that soccer ball?” team player.

2. “I want to go to the

library. Where is it?”

3. “Where are the

restrooms?”

More polite request “Could you please tell me how much you paid for that soccer ball?”

2d Read the requests below. In the second column, write A if you would

say it to someone you know and B if you would say it to a stranger. In the last column, write where you think the people are talking.

Request

1. Will you pass the salt?

2. Do you know what the answer to number 10 is?

3. Do you know where I can change some money, please?

4. Could you tell me what just happened?

5. Would you mind telling me where the nearest station is?

6. Excuse me, do you know what time it begins, please?

7. Let me know when you’re ready, OK?

8. Do you know what time we finish?

9. Could you possibly tell me the way to the village school?

10. Would you mind being quiet for a minute? Person Place

3a Imagine you are going on a short study vacation at a school in an

English-speaking country. What would you like to know before you go? Write some polite, indirect questions about the following topics.

Topic

The course you will study

The time of the course

Where and what you can eat

Where you will stay

What activities you can do

Travel to the school

Other Question

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 3

3b Write a polite letter to the school

asking for the information you want to know. Use your notes in 3a.

Dear Sir or Madam, I’ll be coming to your school soon for a short study vacation. I’d like to know more information about your school. In your letter, you should: ? introduce yourself ? say when you are coming ? politely ask for information ? thank the person for helping you

I would like to thank you for helping me and I look forward to your reply. Yours faithfully,

Self Check

1 Fill in the blanks with the words in the box.

1. A: Could you tell me where the library is?

B: It’s on the of Main and Center Streets.

choice 2. A: I wonder why you don’t wake up earlier in the morning. You’re always

in a to get to school on time. corner B: Yes, you’re right. I need to my time better. direct 3. A: I want to buy some winter clothes. Could you tell me which place polite rush would be a good for me to go to? suggest B: I Jenny’s Clothes Store in Century Shopping Mall. It’s plan convenient to get to. 4. In many countries, it is often not to ask very questions when you meet someone for the first time.

2 Write questions and answers using the words given. e.g. buy a magazine / bookstore on third floor Q: Could you please tell me where I can buy a magazine? A: There’s a bookstore on the third floor. 1. get some stamps / post office on Green Street Q: A:

2. shopping center opens / 10:00 a.m.

Q: A:

3. get to the Japanese restaurant / go along Main Street and turn right on Lake Street

Q: A:

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I used to be afraid of the dark. 1a Fill in the chart with words to describe people.

Appearance tall straight hair outgoing funny Personality Mario, you used to be short, didn’t you?

Yes, I did.

1b Listen. Bob is seeing some friends for the first time in four years. What did his friends use to look like?

1. Mario used to be . He used to wear

2. Amy used to be . She used to have

3. Tina used to have and hair .

A: Did Mario use to be short?

1c Look at the picture in 1a B: Yes, he did. He used to be really short.

A: What’s he like now?

B: He’s tall now. and make conversations.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 4

2a Listen and check (?) the words you hear.

friendly

humorous

brave outgoing silent quiet serious active helpful

2b Listen again and complete the chart about how Paula has changed.

In the past Now

1. Paula used to be really . She 1. Now she’s more interested in was always silent in class. She wasn’t . She plays

very . She was never brave almost every day. She’s also on the enough to ask questions. team.

2. She got good grades in 2. She still plays the from

time to time. She was also good in . She

used to play the

2c Make conversations about A: Paula used to be really quiet. Paula using the information B: I know. She was always silent in class. in 2b.

2d Role-play the conversation.

Alfred: This party is such a great idea!

Gina: I agree. It’s been three years since we last

saw our primary school classmates.

Alfred: It’s interesting to see how people have

changed.

Gina: Billy has changed so much! He used to be

so shy and quiet.

Alfred: Yeah, his face always turned red when he talked to girls! Gina:

I used to see him reading in the library every day.

Alfred: That’s because he was a really good student. He studied hard and got good scores on his exams.

Gina: Did he use to wear glasses?

Alfred: Yes, and he used to be thin, too. But look how big and strong he is now! Gina: He’s so popular now. Look at all the girls around him!

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I used to be afraid of the dark.

3a Skim the article and identify UNIT 4

the paragraphs in which the

following information

appears. Number the

information [1-3].

how Candy’s life has changed Candy’s advice to young people Candy’s background

From Shy Girl to Pop Star

1 For this month’s Young World magazine, I interviewed 19-year-old Asian pop star Candy Wang. Candy told me that she used to be really shy and took up singing to deal with her shyness. As she got better, she dared to sing in front of her class, and then for the whole school. Now she’s not shy anymore and loves singing in front of crowds.

2 I asked Candy how life was different after she became famous. She explained that there are many good things, like being able to travel and meet new people all the time. “I didn’t use to be popular in school, but now I get tons of attention everywhere I go.” However, too much attention can also be a bad thing. “I always have to worry about how I appear to others and I have to be very careful about what I say or do. And I don’t have much private time anymore. Hanging out with friends is almost impossible for me now because

there are always guards around me.”

3 What does Candy have to say to all those young people

who want to become famous? “Well,” she begins slowly,

“you have to be prepared to give up your normal life. You

can never imagine how difficult the road to success is.

Many times I thought about giving up, but I fought on.

You really require a lot of talent and hard work to succeed.

Only a very small number of people make it to the top.”

3b Read the article again and complete the sentences about Candy.

1. She used to be shy, but now she’s not shy

2. She used to sing to her shyness, but now she loves singing in front of

3. She didn’t use to in school, but now she gets lots of attention. with

4. She used to friends, but it is almost impossible now.

5. She didn’t use to about what she says or does, but she is now.

3c Suppose you are the interviewer and your partner is Candy. Ask and answer questions.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 4

Grammar

F o c u s I used to be short. Paula used to be really quiet. You used to be short, didn’t you? Did he use to wear glasses?

4a Write sentences about the past using used to.

I didn’t use to be popular in school. She didn’t use to like tests. Yes, I did./No, I didn’t. Yes, he did./No, he didn’t.

1. Grace / watch a lot of TV / watch a lot of movies

Grace used to watch a lot of TV. She didn’t use to watch a lot of movies.

2. My mom / have curly hair / have straight hair

3. Jerry / read books on European history / read books on African culture

4. Sandy / teach British English / teach American English

Five years ago didn’t eat a lot of vegetables listened to pop music watched scary movies didn’t read a lot of books

4b Look at the

Now

loves carrots and tomatoes enjoys country music hates scary movies reads at least six books a year

information and write sentences about Emily.

e.g. Emily didn’t use to eat a lot of vegetables, but now

she loves carrots and tomatoes.

4c Which of these things did you use to be afraid of? Which ones are you

still afraid of? Check the boxes and then ask your partner.

I used to be afraid of ...

the dark being alone flying high places

giving a speech in public

I’m still afraid of ...

My partner

My partner used to be afraid of ...

My partner is still afraid of

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I used to be afraid of the dark.

UNIT 4

Check (?) the things you used to like when you were a child.

P.E. class

painting pictures music class

ants and other insects

1b What other things did you use to like to do when you were a child?

Write sentences in the box above. Then discuss them with a partner.

Listen and check (?) the sentences you hear.

1. 2.

I didn’t use to like tests. 3. We used to walk to school. 4.

I used to hate P.E. class.

I used to be on the soccer team.

Listen again. What do the girl and the boy say about things in the past and now? Fill in the chart.

In the past

Now

Girl

I didn’t use to like We used to

to school. every day

I don’t worry about We have to We I

to school. all the time. P. E. class.

A: I used to be nervous about

We used to Boy after school.

I used to hate

1e Compare yourself with your partner.

tests all the time. Did you? B: Yes, I did. And I used to ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 4

2a Tell your partner about a time your parents helped you with a problem. Make notes about what your partner says.

e.g. didn’t use to study hard at school — got bad grades — father helped her to understand that it was important to do well at school

2b Read the passage and underline the problems that Li Wen used to have.

USING CONTEXT

He Used to Cause a Lot of Trouble

Li Wen is a normal 15-year-old boy who

works hard in school and gets good grades.

It is hard to believe that he used to be a “problem child” until a conversation with his parents influenced his way of thinking. Li Wen lives in the Sichuan countryside. As a small child, he seldom gave his parents any problems, and they were proud of him. However, , the boy’s life became more difficult. He had to move in with his grandmother.

Li Wen began to cause problems for himself and his family. He was no longer interested in studying. He was often absent from classes, and he failed his examinations. Finally, his parents made a decision to send him to a boarding school. Li Wen no longer lived with his grandmother. He studied, ate and slept at the school, and he hated it. There were so many rules, and he used to keep breaking them. One day, he told his teacher he wanted to leave the school.

The head teacher advised his parents to talk with their son in person. His parents took a 40-hour train ride and a five-hour bus ride to go back to their hometown. To Li Wen’s surprise, their conversation changed his life. “It was exactly what I needed,” he said. “My parents helped me to understand how much they had given me. They also told me that even though they couldn’t be there to take care of me, they were always thinking of me and would take pride in everything good that I did. . I realized that since my parents moved away, I’ve been afraid of

being alone, and have tried to make my

parents pay more attention to me.”

. He has been working hard and is

now one of the best students in his class. His

parents’ love has made him feel good about

himself. “It’s very important for parents to be

there for their children,” Li Wen says.

Using the sentence context may help you guess and learn the meanings of new words and phrases.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I used to be afraid of the dark. UNIT 4 2c Put these sentences into the correct places in the passage.

Missing language

a. Now Li Wen has really changed

b. That’s when I decided to change

c. after his parents moved to Guangzhou to work

d. Even the teacher agreed that Li Wen was wasting his time

2d Use clues from the passage to help you guess the meanings of the words in the box.

influence absent boarding school in person

2e Complete the passage with the proper forms of the words and phrases

in the box.

be proud of/take pride in

no longer/not ... anymore make a decision/decide not like/hate change/influence look after/take care of Li Wen is a good student, son and grandson. However, he used to cause a lot of trouble for his parents. When his parents moved to work in another city, they could not be at home to him. So he was

interested in studying and missed classes. Then his parents to

send him to a boarding school and he

it. In the end, his teacher advised his parents to talk with their son and this conversation his life. He realized that his parents would

everything good that he did. Now he is one of the best

students in his class.

2f What do you think Li Wen and his parents talked about in their

conversation? Write a conversation and role-play it with your group. Think of the following things:

? Possible questions Li Wen might ask his parents

? Questions his parents might ask Li Wen

? Possible answers from his parents and the boy

3a Talk with a partner about the changes that have

happened to you. Write notes about how you

have changed for these three things. 1. appearance 2. personality

3. hobbies

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 4

3b What did you use to be like? Write about how you have changed. Which change is the most important one and why?

Try to write two paragraphs:

1. General introduction about the changes in your life.

2. The most important change and how it happened.

How I’ve changed!

My life has changed a lot in the last few years. I used to

Now I’m The biggest change in my life was This is the most important change because

Self Check

1 Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the words in the box.

silent require absent fail interview take pride in

be proud of in person in uence humorous seldom

1. The mother traveled for many hours to return home to talk to her child

2. He used to be a very quiet teenager. He remained most of the time and talked to other people.

3. If you are always from class, you will the examinations.

4. The teacher helping his students win the English competition.

5. Her grandparents have had a great on Kate.

6. That British teacher is very . He always tells us interesting jokes.

7. People are usually to give a general self-introduction in a job

8. Tina giving speeches in front of the whole school.

2 What did you use to be like when you were six? Complete these statements.

I used to wear

My hair used to be

I used to watch

I used to play

I used to be

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

What are the shirts made of?

1a What are these things usually made of? Match them

with the materials. More than one answer is possible.

Things

Materials

1. chopsticks 2. window 3. coin 4. stamp 5. fork 6. blouse

a. wood b. gold c. silver

e. paper f. silk g. glass

Hey, do you think this ring looks OK?

Yes, and it was made in Thailand.

Hmm ... yes,

I think it’s quite pretty. Is it made of silver?

Listen and match the products with what they are made of and where they were made.

Things Made of Made in

shirts chopsticks ring cotton silver steel Korea Thailand America

1c Practice the conversation in 1a. Then make conversations using the

information in 1b.

A: This ring looks nice. Is it made of silver? B: Yes,

and it was made in Thailand.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 5

2a Listen and check what Nick and Marcus mainly talk about.

the science museum

the art and science fair

environmental protection

a model plane

a beautiful painting

grass and leaves

2b Listen again. Write short answers to the questions.

1. Where is the art and science fair?

2. Do Nick and Marcus have to pay to go?

Why or why not?

3. What is the model plane made of ?

4. What is the painting made from?

5. What is the fair about?

A: What did you see at the art

2c Make conversations using the information in 2a and 2b.

2d Role-play the conversation.

Pam: China is famous for tea, right?

Liu Jun: Yes, both in the past and now.

Pam: Where is tea produced in China?

Liu Jun: Well, in many different areas. For and science fair? B: I saw ... A: What’s so special about it? B: ...

example, Anxi and Hangzhou are

widely known for their tea.

Pam: How is it grown?

Liu Jun: Well, it’s planted on the sides of mountains. When the leaves are ready, they are picked by hand and then are sent for processing. Pam: What happens next?

Liu Jun: The tea is packed and sent to many different countries and places around China.

Pam: It seems that Chinese tea is drunk all over the world. Liu Jun: Yes, people say that tea is good for both health and business!

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

What are the shirts made of?

3a Read the passage. What two things did UNIT 5

Kang Jian want to buy in America? Where

were they made?

The Difficult Search for American Goods in the US

If you go to another country, what kinds of things

would you buy? Would you buy a camera in Japan, some beautiful clothes in France, or a watch in Switzerland? No matter what you may buy, you might probably think those products were made in those countries. However, you could be wrong. Kang Jian is a 17-year-old student from Shanghai. Last year he went to visit his aunt and uncle in San Francisco. He found it interesting that so many products in the local shops were made in China. “I wanted to buy a toy car for my cousin, but even though most of the toys had American brands, they were made in China.”

Toys are not the only things made in China. “I wanted to buy a pair of basketball shoes,” he explains. “But I had to visit five or six stores before finding a pair made in America!” He realized that Americans can hardly avoid buying products made in China. “In fact,” he continues, “there are so many things made in China — footballs, handbags, pet food, mobile phones. Even American flags are made in China!” Kang Jian thinks it’s great that China is so good at making these everyday things. However, he wishes that in the future China will also get better at making high-technology products that people can buy in all parts of the world.

3b Read the passage and answer the questions.

1. Where did Kang Jian go to visit his aunt and uncle?

2. What did he discover in the toy stores?

3. Why did he have to visit many stores before buying a pair of basketball shoes?

4. What did he realize after his shopping experiences?

5. Why do you think so many products in America are made in China? How do you feel about this?

3c Read the passage again and write what the underlined words refer to.

1. No matter what you may buy, you might probably think those products were made in those countries.

those:

2. He found it interesting that so many products in the local shops were made in China.

it:

3. I wanted to buy a toy car for my cousin, but even though most of the toys had American brands, they were made in China.

they:

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 5

Grammar

F o c u s

Are your shirts made of cotton? Yes, they are. And they were made in the US. What’s the model plane made of? It’s made of used wood and glass. Where is tea produced in China? It’s produced in many different areas. How is tea grown? It’s planted on the sides of mountains. Passive voice in the simple present tense

Active: People grow tea in Hangzhou.

Passive: Tea is grown (by people) in Hangzhou.

4a Complete the sentences with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.

1. Children under 18 (not allow) to watch this show without their parents.

2. We (pay) by the boss on the last Friday of each month.

3. A: What language (speak) in Germany?

B: Most people speak German, but many can speak English, too.

4. Most of the earth’s surface (cover) by water.

5. The classroom needs to (clean) every day.

4b Rewrite the sentences using the passive voice.

1. Farmers plant the tea on the sides of mountains.

The tea is planted on the sides of mountains by farmers.

2. In China, farmers grow the best rice in the northeast.

3. Careless driving causes many traffic accidents.

4. The postman brings letters and postcards to people’s homes.

5. Our family does not use this silver plate very often.

4c Ask five classmates about something they are wearing or have in their schoolbags. The list of words below may help you.

A: What’s your pencil made of ? pencil, jacket, sweater, B: It’s made of wood. T-shirt, shoes, cap, A: Where was it made? gloves, ring, earrings ... B: It was made in Shanghai.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

What are the shirts made of?

1a UNIT 5 Do you know how to fly a kite? What are kites made of? Write down some materials used in making kites.

1c Listen to a conversation between Laura and Zheng Yun and circle the correct answers. 2. Zheng Yun tells Laura 1. Laura is trying to find out more about: about: A. what Zheng Yun did on his vacation. A. a kite festival. B. what Zheng Yun thinks about Weifang. B. how to make a kite. Listen and write L for Laura or Z for Zheng Yun.

1. Went on a vacation to Weifang

2. Wants to know more about the kite festival

3. Saw many different kinds of kites at the festival

4. Didn’t know that kite flying could be so exciting

5. Wants to learn to fly a kite

1d Listen again. Fill in the blanks with what you hear.

1. Weifang is a city in Shandong. It is famous for

2. The international kite festival is held in

3. The competitors at the festival are from

4. There are competitions for the best kites, the

kites.

5. Some of the kites Zheng Yun saw were made of painted with colorful

1e Role-play a conversation every year. kites or the . Some were A: Where did you go on vacation?

B: I went to an international kite festival.

A: That sounds interesting. What did between Laura and Zheng

Yun using the information

in 1b-1d. you see there?

B: ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 5

2a Do you do any kind of folk or traditional art, like drawing or painting? Tell your partner about it.

2b Read the passage and complete the chart below.

MOVING FROM GENERAL TO SPECIFIC

Beauty in Common Things

Each different part of China has its

own special forms of traditional art.

These usually try to show the things that are important in life such as love, beauty and family. The most common things, from paper to clay to bamboo, are turned into objects of beauty.

According to Chinese history, sky lanterns were first used by Zhuge

Kongming. He sent them out to ask for help when in trouble. Today,

sky lanterns are used at festivals and other

celebrations. They are made of bamboo and covered with

paper. When the lanterns are lit, they slowly rise into the air like

small hot-air balloons for all to see. They are seen as bright symbols

of happiness and good wishes.

Paper cutting has been around for over

1,500 years. Paper cutting sounds very easy but it can be difficult to do.

The paper, usually red, is folded before it is cut with scissors. The most

common pictures are flowers, fish, animals, and

things about Chinese history. During the Spring Festival, they are

put on windows, doors and walls as symbols of wishes for good luck

and a happy new year.

Chinese clay art is famous because

the clay pieces are so small but they look very real. The

pieces are usually cute children or lively characters from

a Chinese fairy tale or historical story. The pieces are

carefully shaped by hand from a very special kind of

clay and then allowed to air-dry. After drying, they are

fired at a very high heat. They are then polished and painted. Finally, materials such as wood or paper are added to make different things. It takes several weeks to complete everything. These small pieces of clay art show the love that all Chinese people have for life and beauty.

Traditional art form

Materials used A general introduction of the topic is usually followed by specific details and examples.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

What are the shirts made of?

2c Read the passage again and answer the questions. UNIT 5

1. What do traditional Chinese art forms try to show?

2. What were sky lanterns used for before and what are they used for now?

3. What kinds of pictures are usually found on paper cuttings?

4. How do people use paper cuttings during the Spring Festival?

5. What are the steps for making clay art pieces?

6. Which art form do you think is the most interesting? Why?

2d Complete the sentences using the correct forms of the phrases in the box.

such as turn ... into send out cover with rise into put ... on

1. People used to sky lanterns when they were in trouble. But today, people light the lanterns and watch them

the sky with their wishes.

2. The art of paper cutting a simple thing like a piece of paper a beautiful piece of art. People often

these art pieces the doors, windows

and walls of their homes to celebrate the Spring Festival.

3. To make Chinese clay art, the clay is shaped by hand into things

cute children or characters from Chinese fairy tales

and stories. They are then paint.

2e Discuss the questions in your group.

1. Which art form do you think is the easiest? Which is the most difficult? Why?

2. Which art form would you like to learn? Why?

3a What are some special things that your hometown or city is famous

for? These can be food, artwork or any other products. Discuss with a partner and take notes.

What the product is

What it is made of/from

Who it is made by

Where it is made

What it can do/What its features are

Why it is special

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 5

3b Write a paragraph about the product. Use your notes in 3a. Try to use the following language:

My hometown/city is famous for

is famous in my hometown/city.

is made of/from/with/by/in is

used/is known for

is special because

Self Check

1 List some things you use every day. Write down what they are made of/from and where they were made.

Things

Made of/from ... Made in ...

2 Use the information above to write full sentences.

3 Complete the sentences using the correct forms of the words in brackets.

1. Cheese (make) from milk.

2. Parents and students (invite) to the school concert last night.

3. The underground parking lot (close) at midnight every day.

4. There is a lot of research on how languages (learn).

5. Some classic films (show) at that cinema last week.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

When was it invented? 1a Look at the things below. In what order do you

A: I think the TV was think they were invented? Discuss them with your group. Then number them [1-4] (1 = first, 4 = last).

invented before the

car.

B: Well, I think the TV

was invented after

the car.

1b Listen and match the inventions with the years.

1876

1885 1927

1976

1c Student B, cover the dates. Student A, ask A: When was the

Student B when the things in the picture in 1b were invented. Then change roles and practice again. telephone invented? B: I think it was invented in 1876.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 6

2a Listen and number the inventions [1-3] in the order you hear them.

shoes with special heels

shoes with lights hot ice-cream scoop, runs on electricity

2b Listen again. Match the inventions with their inventors and uses.

Invention Who was it / were they

invented by? What is it / are they used for?

shoes with special heels Chelsea Lanmon

shoes with lights

hot ice-cream scoop

2d serving really cold ice- cream seeing in the dark changing the style of the shoes A: What are they used for? B: They’re used for seeing in the dark. Jayce Coziar and Jamie Ellsworth Julie Thompson Make conversations using the information in 2b. Role-play the conversation.

Paul: Hey Roy, the subject for my school project is

“Small inventions that changed the world.” Can you

help me think of an invention?

Roy: My pleasure! Let me think ... hmm ... I know!

The zipper!

Paul: The zipper? Is it really such a great invention?

Roy: Think about how often it’s used in our daily lives. You can see zippers on dresses, trousers, shoes, bags ... almost everywhere!

Paul: Well, you do seem to have a point ...

Roy: Of course! I thought about it because I saw a website last week. The

pioneers of different inventions were listed there. For example, it mentioned that the zipper was invented by Whitcomb Judson in 1893. But at that time, it wasn’t used widely.

Paul: Really? So when did it become popular? Roy:

Around 1917.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

When was it invented?

3a Read the passage UNIT 6

quickly and match

each paragraph with

its main idea. Paragraph 1 Lu Yu and his book Cha Jing Paragraph 2 How tea spread to other countries Paragraph 3 How tea was invented by accident

An Accidental Invention

Did you know that tea, the most popular drink in the world (after water), was invented by accident? Many people believe that tea was first drunk nearly 5,000 years ago. It is said that a Chinese ruler called Shen Nong first discovered tea as a drink. One day Shen Nong was boiling drinking water over an open fire. Some leaves from a tea plant fell into the water and remained there for some time. It produced a nice smell so he tasted the brown water anyway. It was quite delicious. In this way, one of the world’s favorite drinks was invented.

More than 4,000 years later, Lu Yu, “the saint of tea”,

mentioned Shen Nong in his book Cha Jing. The book

describes how tea plants were grown and used to make

tea. It also discusses where the finest tea leaves were

produced and what kinds of water were used.

It is believed that tea was brought to Korea and Japan

during the 6th and 7th centuries. In England, tea didn’t

appear until around 1660, but less than 100 years later,

it had become the national drink. The tea trade from

China to Western countries took place in the 19th century. This helped to spread the popularity of tea and the tea plant to more places around the world. Even though many people now know about tea culture, the Chinese are without doubt the ones who best understand the nature of tea.

1. When was tea first drunk?

2. How was tea invented? 3b Read the passage again 3. Who is called “the saint of tea”? and answer the questions. 4. What is Cha Jing about?

5. When was tea brought to other countries?

3c Complete the sentences with the correct forms of the verbs in the box.

invent

drink

bring

produce

trade 1. One of the world’s favorite drinks was by accident. 2. Tea was first by Shen Nong 5,000 years ago. 3. A nice smell was when the tea leaves dropped into the hot water. 4. Tea was to Korea and Japan during the 6th and 7th centuries. 5. Tea is now between many different countries.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 6

Grammar

F o c u s

When was the zipper invented?

Who was it invented by?

When was tea brought to Korea? It was invented in 1893. It was invented by Whitcomb Judson. It was brought to Korea during the 6th and 7th

centuries.

It’s used for serving really cold ice-cream. What is the hot ice-cream scoop used for?

Passive voice in the simple past tense

Active: Alexander Graham Bell invented the telephone in 1876.

Passive: The telephone was invented (by Alexander Graham Bell) in 1876.

4a Rewrite the sentences using the passive voice.

1. They sold the fridge at a low price. The fridge was sold at a low price.

2. Somebody stole my camera from my hotel room.

3. Where did you take these photos?

4. Our parents advised us not to go out alone.

5. Different writers translated the book into different languages.

4b Complete the sentences with the correct forms of the verbs in the box.

1. You to the party last night, weren’t you? Why didn’t you go?

2. The earthquake all of a sudden, but luckily the villagers eat lock to a safe place. ask ring 3. The door when we arrived, so we the bell. invite break 4. The students not to eat or drink in class. But Ruby told bring the rule when she started eating a biscuit in science class. come 5. The cookies by the hungry kids in less than 20 minutes.

Then they for more!

4c Decide whether active or passive forms should be used in these sentences.

Write the correct forms in the blanks.

The telephone (invent) by Alexander Graham Bell. He (born) in 1847. Alexander (work) on the invention of the telephone with Thomas Watson. In 1875, Alexander (learn) to send musical notes through an instrument similar to a telephone. Finally, the

telephone (invent) in 1876. The first sentence that (say) on the telephone by Alexander was “Mr. Watson, come here; I want to see you.” Today the telephone (use) around the world.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

When was it invented? UNIT 6

1a The words in the box describe how food can taste.

Write them under the correct pictures. Some

pictures have more than one word.

sweet crispy

salty sour crispy

1b Write the name of a different food after each word.

sweet banana crispy salty sour

1c Listen and circle T for true or F for false.

1. Potato chips were invented by mistake. T F

2. They were invented in 1863. T F

3. The customer thought the potatoes were not

thin enough. T F

4. The customer said they were not salty enough. T F

5. George wanted to make the customer happy. T F

6. The customer was happy in the end. T F

1d Listen again. Complete the sentences.

The History of Potato Chips

Did you know that potato chips were invented by mistake? Potato chips

by a cook called George Crum. They were invented in .

George Crum cut the potatoes really, really

and then cooked them for a long time until they were

he put lots of salt on them so they were

A: Did you know potato chips . And

1e Make a conversation about the

invention of potato chips. Use the

information in 1c and 1d. were invented by mistake? B: Wow, I didn’t know that. Who invented them?

A: ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 6

2a List some popular sports and Sports Countries

the countries where each sport

is the most popular.

2b Skim the passage. Which paragraphs are about the popularity of basketball?

MIND-MAPPING

Changing the information you

read into a “word tree/map“

may help you remember it

more easily. Do You Know When Basketball Was Invented? Basketball is a much-loved and active sport

that is enjoyed by many for fun and exercise. It is over 100 years old and is played by more than 100 million people in over 200 countries. In China, you can sometimes see people playing basketball in parks, schools and even in factories.

Basketball was invented by a Canadian doctor named James Naismith, who was

born in 1861. When he was at college, his teacher asked the class to think of a game that can be played in the winter. Dr. Naismith created a game to be played inside on a hard floor. Dr. Naismith divided the men in his class into two teams and taught them to play his new game. The purpose of the game is for players to get a ball into the “basket”. Players on the same team must work together to help each other get the ball in the other team’s basket. At the same time, they need to stop the competing team from getting the ball into their own basket. It is believed that on December 21, 1891, the first basketball game in history was played. Then in 1936 in Berlin, it became an event at the Olympics. Today, the popularity of basketball has risen around the world, with many young people dreaming of

becoming famous players. Basketball has not only become a popular sport to play, it has also become a more popular sport to watch.

Although America’s NBA games are the most famous, the

CBA games are becoming popular in China. The

number of foreign players, including Chinese players,

in the NBA has increased. And there are also more and more

foreign players in the CBA. Many young people look up to

these basketball heroes and want to become like them. These

stars encourage young people to work hard to achieve their

dreams.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

When was it invented?

UNIT 6

2c Complete the mind map with the information in the passage. What else

can you add to the mind map?

parks,

+ 100 million people

+ 200

POPULAR

first game on

DEVELOPMENT

young people want to be

became Olympic event in in the year

BASKETBALL

people watch and

games

HISTORY Dr.

GAME

played inside on a hard

teams

into other

get team’s

2d Without looking at the passage, use the mind map to summarize what

you and your partner remember about the development of basketball. Use these questions to help you.

1. Who invented basketball and why? 2. What is the purpose of the game?

3. When was the first basketball game played in history? 4. Why were the Berlin Olympics important for basketball?

5. What are the professional basketball groups in America and China? 6. What do young people think of the famous basketball players?

Would you like to be a famous basketball player? Make a list of good and difficult things about being a famous basketball player.

It’s good to be a famous basketball player because ...

It’s difficult to be a famous basketball player because ...

Think of something that you do not like doing. Then think of an invention that could help you. Make notes.

Problem: quickly taking notes in class New invention: a special pen What it is used for: Price:

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 6

3b Imagine you are a businessperson. Write a description of your new invention. Try to sell the invention to the class.

This special pen was invented by Liu Jie. It has three colors and is used for

Self Check

1 Complete the passage with the correct forms of the words in the box.

It is often difficult to decide on the inventor of certain inventions. This is because sometimes a few people may things which are the same. Opinions are then

a bout who came up with the idea first. Some inventions can also

a ll of a lead to other inventions. So some people

whether the inventor came up with the idea himself or

herself. They think that the inventor used someone else’s idea t o create his or her invention. That is why books or websites

usually more than one inventor when giving

information about inventions. divide doubt mention nearly produce sudden

2 Rewrite these sentences using the passive voice.

1. Someone stole my watch.

2. They used five eggs to make this big cake.

3. When did they invent the personal computer?

4. They asked us not to run in the hallway.

5. Someone took the video back to the store.

3 Find out information about one invention and write sentences below.

Invention:

When:

Who:

Purpose:

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Teenagers should be allowed to choose their own clothes.

1a Read the statements below. Circle A for agree or D for disagree. No way! I don’t think sixteen-year-olds

should be allowed to drive. I’m worried about their safety.

Can I go to the shopping center with John?

He just got his driver’s license.

1. Teenagers should not be allowed to smoke. 2. Sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to drive.

3. Students must not be allowed to have part-time jobs.

4. Sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to get their ears pierced. 5. Teenagers should be allowed to choose their own clothes. 1b

A A A A A D D D D D

Listen and circle T for true or F for false.

1. Anna can go to the shopping center by bus. 2. Anna wants to get her ears pierced. 3. Anna wants to choose her own clothes.

T F T F T F

A: I don’t think sixteen-year-olds

1c Look at the statements in 1a and

make conversations.

should be allowed to drive. B: I agree. They aren’t serious enough.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 7

Listen and check (?) what Kathy thinks. Circle Agrees, Disagrees or Doesn’t know to show what Molly thinks.

Kathy

Molly

1. Sixteen-year-olds should not be allowed to work at night.

2. Larry shouldn’t work every night. 3. He should cut his hair.

4. He should stop wearing that silly earring.

5. He doesn’t seem to have many friends. 2b

Agrees Agrees Agrees Agrees Agrees

Disagrees Disagrees Disagrees Disagrees Disagrees

Doesn’t know Doesn’t know Doesn’t know Doesn’t know Doesn’t know

Listen again. What are Kathy’s and Molly’s reasons? Number their reasons in the correct order.

Make a list of things teenagers should and should not be allowed to do. Discuss your list with your partner.

Role-play the conversation.

It looks cool.

Young people need to sleep.

He needs to spend time with friends. He needs time to do homework. It doesn’t look clean.

A: Do you think teenagers should ...? B:

Yes, I .../No, I ...

Sandy: I’m really excited about seeing the famous paintings by Picasso.

Wu Lan: Me, too! I’m glad Ms. Guo chose the art museum for our school trip

this year.

Sandy: I’m going to bring my new camera to take lots of photos!

Wu Lan: Oh, no. Ms. Guo says we must not take photos. It’s not allowed in the museum.

Sandy: That’s too bad! Do you think we might be allowed to take photos if we don’t use a bright light?

Wu Lan: Hmm ... I think they just want to

protect the paintings. So if you don’t use a light, then it might be OK. Sandy: Yeah. I think we should be allowed to do that. I’ll bring my camera

anyway.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Teenagers should be allowed to choose their own clothes. UNIT 7

3a Read the poem aloud and discuss what the title means with your partner.

Mom Knows Best

When I was a tiny baby crying all night, my mom sang to me and stayed by my side When I was tired and hungry, she gave me food and warm arms to sleep in

When I was two running through the field, she made sure I was safe and kept me from danger When I fell and hurt myself, she gave me a hug and lifted me up

When I was seven coughing badly, she said no ice-cream for me

But I talked back loudly, “I should be allowed to eat some! Give it to me now!”

When I was nine watching scary movies, she said it’d give me awful dreams

But I shouted back angrily, “I should be allowed to watch it! I’m not a baby!”

When I was a teen going out with friends, she said, “Please be

back by ten!”

But I talked back again — “I should not be told what to do! I’m seventeen now!”

Now I’m an adult, thinking back to those times

I coughed for days after eating that ice-cream

And had scary dreams after watching that film

I was late for school from staying out past ten

I regret talking back, not listening to Mom

Mom knows best, and for me she wanted only the best!

3b Read the poem again and answer the questions.

1. What did the mom do when the writer was a baby and a small child?

2. Why do you think the writer talked back to his mom when he was seven and nine years old?

3. How did the writer feel when his mom said “Please be back by ten” when he was a teenager?

4. After reading the whole poem, how do you think the writer feels about his mom?

3c Think about a time you did something even though your mom or dad told you not to do it. Share your story with your partner.

How old were you?

● What happened? ● Did you talk back to your mom or dad?

● How do you feel about it now? ●

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 7

Grammar

F o c u s

I don’t think sixteen-year-olds should be allowed to drive.

Do you think we might be allowed to take some photos?

Do you think teenagers should be encouraged to make their own decisions?

Teenagers must not be allowed to have part-time jobs.

4a I agree. They aren’t serious enough. I don’t think so. Photo-taking is not allowed in the museum. No, I don’t agree with this. Teenagers are too young to make their own decisions. I disagree. They can learn a lot from working. Rewrite the sentences according to the example.

1. You must clean your bedroom every day.

Your bedroom must be cleaned every day

2. Parents should encourage teenagers to do social work for their community. Teenagers

3. Do you think Lucy’s parents might allow her to go to the party?

Do you think Lucy ?

4. Do you think we must keep teenagers away from the Internet?

Do you think teenagers ?

5. Parents should give teenagers chances to make their own decisions.

Teenagers

4b Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the words in brackets.

Should teenagers (ask) to move out when they start working? In many Western countries, teenagers (allow) to move out at sixteen or seventeen. Their parents believe that they should (educate) to take care of themselves from a young age. This way, when they (start) working they can manage their own lives. However, in most Asian societies, the family unit is especially strong. So it is not common for teenagers to (move) out. Chinese parents believe that it is better for children to live with parents who can

(take) care of them. But the young should then look after their parents

as they get older. That is why many Chinese adults (continue) to live with their parents.

4c You and your friend are starting an A: Members should be allowed

English club. Make a list of rules

about what should and should not be

allowed.

to use dictionaries. B: Yes, but they should only use English-English dictionaries.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Teenagers should be allowed to choose their own clothes.

Do you ever ...

UNIT 7

Read the questions. How often do you do these things? Write A for always, U for usually, S for sometimes and N for never.

1. get to class late? 2. study with friends? 3. finish a test early?

4. worry about failing a test?

1b Talk about your answers in 1a. 1c

A: Do you ever get to class late? B: Yes, I sometimes get to class late.

Listen and circle the things in 1a that Peter talks about. Listen again. Match these sentence parts.

1. Peter is going to ... 2. He isn’t allowed to ... 3. Peter wasn’t allowed to ... 4. He could ...

5. He should be allowed to ...

a. take the test. b. pass the test. c. fail a math test. d. take the test later. e. get to class late.

1e Read the statements. Then discuss them with your group.

1. Peter should be allowed to take the test later. 2. Students need strict rules.

3. Parents should not be too strict with teenagers.

A: I think Peter should ... B: I don’t agree. C: I think ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 7

2a In your group, discuss

the questions.

Are you allowed to make your own decisions at home? What kinds of decisions?

2b First, look at the title of the passage. Answer “yes” or “no”. Find out

how many in your group agree with you. Then read the passage. Does your answer change?

LEARNING ACTIVELY

When you learn any new

language, actively use it in

new sentences of your own. Should I Be Allowed to Make My Own Decisions?

Many teenagers have hobbies. But sometimes th ese can get in the way of their schoolwork, and parents might worry about their success at school. Teenagers

often think they should be allowed to practice their hobbies as much as they want. Do you agree?

Liu Yu, a fifteen-year-old boy from Shandong, is

a running star. He is on his school team and has

always wanted to be a professional runner when

he grows up. However, his parents won’t allow

him to train so much. “Of course we want to

see him achieve his dreams,” says Mr. Liu. “And

we know how much he loves running. My wife

and I have supported every one of his races. We

have nothing against running! But we think our

son needs to think about other possible jobs. He’s getting older now, so he needs to think about what will happen if he doesn’t end up a professional runner.”

Liu Yu doesn’t really agree. “Well, I think I should be allowed to decide for myself,” he says. “My parents have always taught me how important it is to work hard at school and enter university. I understand this, but I’m serious about running. It’s the only thing I’ve ever wanted to do.”

His parents believe that Liu Yu should study hard in the evenings so they don’t allow him to practice running at night. “Maybe he thinks it’s too strict or unfair,” says Mrs. Liu. “But we think we’re doing the right thing. He needs to spend more time on his homework because becoming a professional sports star is a difficult dream.”

But Liu Yu still disagrees. “I know my parents care about me. They always talk about what will happen if I don’t succeed. But I will! I’m a quick runner! I think I should be allowed to make this choice myself. Only then will I have a chance to achieve my dream.”

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Teenagers should be allowed to choose their own clothes. 2c Read the passage again and answer the questions.

UNIT 7

1. What is Liu Yu’s hobby?

2. What does Liu Yu want to be when he grows up?

3. Why do Liu Yu’s parents not allow Liu Yu to practice his hobby at night?

4. Do you think Liu Yu should be allowed to practice his hobby as much as he wants? Why or why not?

2d Look in the passage for the words in bold. Then use them actively to

complete sentences of your own.

1. My parents worry about

2. My parents have always taught me how important it is to 3. I am serious about 4. I think it is unfair

5. I have always wanted to be

6. My parents have nothing against

7. I need to think about what will happen if 8. I need to spend more time on

2e Discuss the questions with a partner. Use the information in the

passage to support your opinion.

What is your dream? Do your parents support your dream?

3a With a partner, discuss at least one rule at home that you do not agree

with. Why do you not agree with it? Make some notes in the chart.

Rule

Why you don’t agree with it

How you think the rule should be changed

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 7

3b Write a note to your parents. In your note, explain which rule(s) you

do not agree with at home and why. Tell them how you think the rule should be changed.

Dear Mom and Dad,

I do not agree with

If I , I think I should be allowed to I would like to

Could I if I

Love, ?

Self Check

1 Match the words in the two boxes and choose five phrases to make sentences.

get

take

achieve

make

go photos ears pierced my dream part-time work shopping a choice

2 Complete the sentences using the correct forms of the words in brackets. Translate them into Chinese.

1. No matter how many difficulties we have, I believe all problems can

(solve) in the end.

2. Mobile phones should (keep) off during the meeting.

3. Teenagers under 18 must (not allow) to smoke or drink.

4. Many parents think learning from books must

(put) first, so teenagers should (not encourage) to work part-time.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

It must belong to Carla.

1a Look at the picture. Write the things you see in the

hat

correct columns in the chart.

Clothing

Fun things

volleyball

Kitchen things

plate

Whose volleyball is this?

It must be Carla’s. She loves volleyball.

Listen and match each person with a thing and a reason.

Person Thing Reason

Jane’s little brother Mary Carla Deng Wen Grace volleyball toy truck magazine book CD

1c Practice the conversation in the

picture above. Then make

conversations using the information in 1b.

J. K. Rowling is her favorite writer. She loves volleyball.

He was the only little kid at the picnic. She always listens to pop music. He loves rabbits.

A: Whose book is this?

B: It must be Mary’s. J. K. Rowling

is her favorite writer.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 8

Bob and Anna found a

schoolbag at the park. Listen and write down the things in the schoolbag.

ings in the schoolbag

1. T-shirt 2. 3.

Listen again. Fill in the blanks.

go to our be a boy.

1. The person school. 2. The person 3. It

Use “must” to show that you think something is probably true.

Use “might” or “could” to show that you think something is possibly true. Use

4. The hair band belong to

“can’t” to show that you are

Linda.

almost sure something is not true.

5. It be Linda’s schoolbag.

be Mei’s hair band.

2c Make conversations using the

information in 2a and 2b.

2d Role-play the conversation.

Linda: Mom, I’m really worried. Mom: Why? What’s wrong? Linda: I can’t find my schoolbag.

Mom: Well, where did you last put it?

Linda: I can’t remember! I attended a concert yesterday so it might still be in

A: Look! There’s a schoolbag here. B:

What’s inside?

A: There’s a T-shirt, ...

the music hall.

Mom: Do you have anything valuable in your schoolbag?

Linda: No, just my books, my pink hair band and some tennis balls. Mom: So it can’t be stolen.

Linda: Oh, wait! I went to a picnic after the concert. I remember I had my schoolbag with me at the picnic. Mom: So could it still be at the park?

Linda: Yes. I left early, before the rest of my friends. I think somebody must have picked it up. I’ll call them now to check if anybody has it.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

It must belong to Carla.

3a Read the article and decide UNIT 8

which might be the best title. A. A Small and Quiet Town

B. Strange Happenings in My Town

C. Animals in Our Neighborhood

We live in a small town and almost everyone knows each other. It used to be very quiet and nothing much ever happened around here. However, these days, something unusual is happening in our town. Victor, a teacher at my school, is really nervous. When he was interviewed by the town newspaper, he said, “Every night we hear strange noises outside our window. My wife thinks that it could be an animal, but my friends and I think it must be teenagers having fun. My parents called the policemen, but they couldn’t find anything strange. They think it might be the wind. I don’t think so!”

Victor’s next-door neighbor Helen is worried, too. “At first, I thought that it might be a dog, but I couldn’t see a dog, or anything else, either. So I guess it can’t be a dog. But then, what could it be?” One woman in the area saw something running away, but it was dark so she is not sure. “I think it was too big to be a dog,” she said. “Maybe it was a bear or a wolf.”

Everyone in our town is feeling uneasy, and everyone has his or her own ideas. There must be something visiting the homes in our neighborhood, but what is it? We have no idea. Most people hope that this animal or person will simply go away, but I do not think that is going to happen. The noise-maker is having too much fun creating fear in the neighborhood.

3b Read the article again and find words to match the meanings.

Nervous or worried

Young people

Person in the next house

Area where people live

Animal like a very large dog

Person who makes noise

3c Read the article carefully and write what people think about the strange noises.

Who gave opinions? What are the opinions?

She thinks that it could be an animal. Victor’s wife

Victor and his friends

The policemen

Helen

One woman in the area

The writer himself

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 8

Grammar

F o c u s

Whose volleyball is this?

Whose hair band is this?

What did you see that night?

4a It must be Carla’s. She loves volleyball. It could be Mei’s hair band. Or it might belong to Linda. They both have long hair. I’m not sure, but it can’t be a dog. It was bigger. I think it might be a bear or a wolf. Choose the best way to complete each sentence using the words in brackets.

1. A: Where’s Jean?

B: I’m not sure. She (is / might be / must be) in the laboratory. 2. A: Everyone is going to the pool after school.

B: Really? It (must be / can’t be / could be) hot outdoors. 3. A: That’s the phone.

B: Hmm. I wonder who it (must be / could be / should be). 4. A: I wonder if these are Jim’s glasses.

B: They (can’t be / might be / could be) his. He doesn’t wear glasses.

5. A: I hear water running in the bathroom.

B: It (could be / must be / can’t be) Carla. She was thinking of taking a shower.

4b Complete these responses.

1. A: Many people are wearing coats.

B: The weather must be

2. A: Sally has been coughing a lot.

B: She might be

3. A: There’s very loud music coming from the apartment next door. B: The neighbors must be

4. A: Whenever I try to read this book, I feel sleepy.

B: It can’t

4c Look at this picture of a room. How much can you tell about the person

who lives here? Is it a boy or a girl? What are his/her hobbies? Discuss your ideas with a partner.

A: It could be a girl’s room because it’s very tidy.

B: I guess so. But it might be a boy’s room

because the clothes look like boys’ clothes.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

It must belong to Carla.

1a UNIT 8 Look at the pictures. Then use the words in the box to write a sentence about each picture.

land man UFO run alien run after

a. A UFO is landing.

1b Listen and number the pictures [1-3] in 1a. Then write two or three sentences to finish the story.

1c Listen again. Complete the sentences.

They see ... The man says ... The woman says ...

1. a man running.

2. something in the sky.

3. something strange.

1d he could be it could be it must be he might be it must be I must be they must be 4. a woman with a camera. she could be Role-play a conversation between the man and the woman.

A: Why do you think the man is running? B:

He could be running for exercise.

A: No, he’s wearing a suit. He might be running to catch a bus to work.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 8

2a Match each linking word or phrase with its purpose.

Linking word or phrase Purpose of linking word or phrase

as, because, since

but, however, though

not only ... but also

when, while expressing a difference giving a choice expressing a result expressing two things happening at the same time giving reasons adding information

2b Skim the article below and underline the sentences with linking words or phrases. Do you think you have made correct matches in 2a?

IDENTIFYING LINKING LANGUAGE

Identifying conjunctions or phrases

that link ideas together will help

you understand what you read. Stonehenge — Can Anyone Explain Why It Is There?

Stonehenge, a rock circle, is not only one

of Britain’s most famous historical places, but also one of its greatest mysteries. Every year it receives more than 750,000 visitors. Especially in June, people go to this place as they want to see the sun rising on the longest day of the year.

For many years, historians believed Stonehenge was a temple where ancient leaders tried to communicate with the gods. However, historian Paul Stoker thinks this can’t be true because Stonehenge was built so many centuries ago. “The leaders arrived in England much later,” he points out.

Another popular idea is that Stonehenge might be a kind of calendar. The large stones were put together in a certain way. On midsummer’s morning, the sun shines directly into the center of the stones. Other people believe the stones have a medical purpose. They think the stones can prevent illness while keeping people healthy. “As you walk there, you can feel the energy from your feet climb up your body,” said one visitor. No one is sure what Stonehenge was used for, but most agree that the position of the stones must be for a special purpose. Some think it might be a burial place, or a place to honor ancestors. Others think it was built to celebrate a victory over an enemy.

Stonehenge was built slowly over a long period of time. Most historians believe it must be almost 5,000 years old. One of the greatest mysteries is how it was built because the stones are so big and heavy. In

2001, a group of English volunteers tried to

build another Stonehenge, but they couldn’t. “We don’t really know who built Stonehenge,”

says Paul Stoker. “And perhaps we might never

know, but we do know they must have been

hardworking — and great planners!”

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

It must belong to Carla.

2c Read the article again and complete the chart.

Mysteries about Stonehenge

Who built it? UNIT 8 What Stonehenge might have been used for ...

2d Complete the sentences using the words from the chart in 2a on page 62.

1. Midsummer’s morning is in June a lot of people go to Stonehenge during this month.

2. The sun rose thousands of people were standing around the stones.

3. The sun shines straight into the center of Stonehenge the stones were put in a special position.

4. Some people think the rocks can stop people becoming ill can keep them healthy.

5. We don’t know who built Stonehenge how it was built.

6. Historians are not sure they think Stonehenge was built about 5,000 years ago.

2e Can you think of any other mysteries, either in China or another part

of the world, that are similar to Stonehenge? What do you know about these mysteries? What is mysterious about them? Discuss them with your group. 3a Read through the article in 3a on page 59 again. What do you think the noise could be? List all your ideas. See who in your group can come up with the most imaginative explanation.

What could the noise be? Why do you think that?

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 8

3b Look at this newspaper headline and finish the article about the strange happenings.

No More Mystery in the Neighborhood

Last week, in a quiet

neighborhood, something

strange happened ...

We now know what was

happening in the

neighbourhood ...

Now the mystery is solved.

People in the neighbor-

hood ... Writing tips First part: background information about the mystery Second part: how the mystery was solved ird part: how the people in the neighborhood now feel

Self Check

1 Fill in the blanks with must, might or can’t.

1. That bright light be a UFO — there’s no such thing!

2. I’m still waiting for the bus, so I be a bit late for the party.

3. That sweater be Carla’s. She’s the only one who wears such colorful clothes.

4. Tony want to go to the concert. He likes music, but I’m not sure if he likes rock music.

5. The person you saw at the supermarket be Susan. I just talked to her on the phone and she’s at work.

2 Look at the chart and write sentences for the things below.

Name Likes Dislikes

Jessica

Todd

Matt

Annie take photos play the piano play tennis read run eat sweet food watch movies cook

e.g. DVD It can’t be Matt’s. He doesn’t like to watch movies.

1. bowl of ice-cream

2. camera

3. cookbook

4. tennis ball

5. running shoes

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I like music that I can dance to. 1a What kind of music do you like? Look at the

I prefer music that has great lyrics.

I like music that isn’t too loud. picture and circle the sentences you agree with. Then write your own sentence. Your sentence: I like music that I love music that I can sing along with. I like music that I can dance to.

1b Listen and check (?) the kinds of music Tony and Betty like.

Music that I can

dance to

Tony

Betty

Music that has great lyrics Music that I can sing along with

1c Make conversations about the A: What kind of music do you like?

B: I like music that I can sing along with. music, movies or books that

you like. What about you?

A: I prefer music that has great lyrics.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 9

2a Listen and circle T for true and F for false.

1. Carmen likes musicians who play different

kinds of music. T F

2. Xu Fei likes the Australian singer

Dan Dervish. T F

3. Carmen likes electronic music that’s loud. T F

4. Xu Fei prefers groups that play quiet and

slow songs. T F

2b Listen again. Complete the sentences.

About The Modern About Dan Dervish

Xu Fei says

Carmen says 1. I prefer groups that play quiet and slow songs. 3. I like musicians 4. I like musicians 2. I love electronic music

2c Make conversations using the

information in 2a and 2b.

2d Role-play the conversation. A: Does Xu Fei like The Modern? B: No, he doesn’t. He prefers ...

Jill: What are you doing this weekend, Scott? Scott: Not much. I suppose I’ll just listen to the new CD I bought. Jill: Oh, what CD is this?

Scott: Well, it’s all music. There’s no singing. I like smooth music that can relax

my mind after a long week at work.

Jill: Sounds nice. Well, if you have spare time, do you want to watch a movie with me?

Scott: Hmm, depends which movie. I only like movies that are funny. I just want to laugh and not think too much. You know what I mean?

Jill: Oh, in that case, I’ll ask someone who likes serious movies.

Scott: What’s the movie about?

Jill: It’s about World War II and the director

is famous. I prefer movies that give me something to think about.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I like music that I can dance to.

3a UNIT 9 Read the passage. Underline the different kinds of movies and circle the movie names.

What Do You Feel Like Watching Today?

While some people only stick to one kind of movie, I like to watch different kinds depending on how I feel that day.

When I’m down or tired, I prefer movies that can cheer me up. Comedies like Men in Black or cartoons like Kungfu Panda have funny dialogues and usually have a happy ending. The characters may not be perfect, but they try their best to solve their problems. After watching them, I’m filled with hope again and the problems I have suddenly seem less serious. Laughing for two hours is a good way to relax!

I don’t watch dramas or documentaries when I’m sad or tired. Dramas

like Titanic make me feel even sadder. Documentaries like March of the

Penguins which provide plenty of information about a certain subject can be interesting, but when I’m tired I don’t want to think too much. I don’t mind action movies like Spider-Man when I’m too tired to think. I can just shut off my brain, sit back and enjoy watching an exciting superhero who always saves the world just in time.

Once in a while, I like to watch

movies that are scary, like horror

movies or thrillers. Movies like The

Ring or The Shining can be fun, but

I’m too scared to watch them alone.

I always bring a friend who isn’t

afraid of these kinds of movies.

3b Read the passage again and answer the questions.

1. How does the writer describe each kind of movie?

2. What kinds of movies does the writer prefer to watch when he or she is sad or tired?

3. How does the writer feel after watching these movies?

4. Does the writer like horror movies? When does he or she watch them? 3c What kinds of movies do you like to watch? Complete the chart.

When I’m ... I like/prefer to watch movies that/which ... Examples (movie names) happy

sad

tired

bored

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 9

Grammar

F o c u s

What kind of music do you like?

What kind of groups does Xu Fei like?

What kind of movies do you like?

What kind of musicians does Carmen like? I love music that/which I can sing along with. She prefers groups that/which play quiet and slow songs. I prefer movies that/which give me something to think about. She likes musicians who play different kinds of music.

4a Choose words from the different columns to make sentences.

funny/comfortable/ food/clothes/ I/You/ like(s)/ that/ inexpensive/slow/ people/music/ which/ is/are sweet/salty/loud/ He/She/ love(s)/ actors/singers/ We/They prefer(s) who interesting/ movies intelligent

4b Read Jennifer’s CD review. Then complete the sentences using that, which or who.

cdsreview.com

What’s the name of your

favorite CD?

Why do you like this CD?

What do you dislike about

this CD?

e-mail address: jennifer@pep.com.cn It’s “Dance, Dance, Dance”. The music is great because you can dance to it. You can take this CD to a party. Also, these musicians write their own lyrics. Some songs are too long. Some of the singers don’t sing the words clearly.

1. It’s the kind of music

2. It’s a CD

3. She likes musicians

4. She doesn’t like the songs

5. She likes singers

4c Make conversations about things A: What kind of food do you enjoy?

B: I enjoy food that is sweet. you like and dislike.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I like music that I can dance to.

1a UNIT 9

Fill in the chart. Write names of your favorite band, book and movie. Band

Book

Movie

1c Listen and write the three things that Michael likes in the first column of the chart. What Michael likes jacket Why he likes it He likes clothes that are unusual. He likes writers He likes movies Listen again. Write why Michael likes each thing in the second column of

the chart in 1b.

Discuss your favorite things in 1a with your group. Say why you like each thing. A: I like movies that are sad. I 1d love Titanic. B: Oh, I don’t. I like movies

that are scary. I really like ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 9

2a How many Chinese musical instruments do you know? Do you know

some famous music pieces that are played on these instruments? Make a list with your partner.

2b Read the passage and answer the questions.

1. Which musician does the reading passage mainly talk about?

2. What is the name of his most famous piece of music?

3. How does the writer feel about this piece of music?

NOTING SUPPORTING DETAILS

These can be examples, reasons,

opinions or other detailed

information in each paragraph. Sad but Beautiful Last night one of my Chinese friends

took me to a concert of Chinese folk

music. The piece which was played on the erhu especially moved me. The music was strangely beautiful, but under the beauty I sensed a strong sadness and pain. The piece had a simple name, “Moon Reflected on Second Spring”, but was one of the most moving pieces of music that I’ve ever heard. The erhu sounded like it was crying, and I almost cried along with it as I listened. Later I looked up the history of “Moon Reflected on Second Spring”, and I began to understand the sadness in the music.

The music was written by Abing, a folk musician who was born in the city of Wuxi in 1893. Just one year later, his mother died. Abing’s father taught him to play

many musical instruments, such as the drums, dizi and erhu, and by age 17, Abing was known for his musical ability. However, after his father died, Abing’s life grew worse. He was very poor, caught a serious illness and became blind. For several years, he had no home. He lived on the streets and played music to make money. Even after Abing got married and had a home again, he continued to sing and play in the city streets. He performed in this way for many years.

Abing’s amazing musical skills made him very popular during

his lifetime. By the end of his life, he could play over 600 pieces

of music, many of which he wrote himself. It is a pity that only

six pieces of music in total were recorded for the future world

to hear, but his popularity continues to this day. Today, Abing’s

“Moon Reflected on Second Spring” is a piece which all the

great erhu masters play and praise. It has become one of China’s

national treasures. Its sad beauty not only paints a picture of Abing’s

own life but also makes people recall their deepest wounds from their

own sad or painful experiences.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I like music that I can dance to. UNIT 9 2c Read the passage again and use suitable words to complete the main idea

of each paragraph. Then list the supporting details in each paragraph. Paragraph

1 Main idea Supporting details The music was beautiful but sad. I was by a piece of music named “Moon Reflected on Second Spring.”

Abing lived a very life.

3 Abing’s musical skills made him

very

2d Circle that or who and fill in the blanks with the words in the box. pain wounds sense pity praise Abing played music (that/who) could touch the hearts of people. When we listen to his music, we can both the beauty and the sadness in it. It makes us think about the and (that/who) we have experienced in the past. For this reason, many him as the musician (that/who) has greatly influenced erhu music. So it is really a

that not many pieces of his music were recorded.

A: What kind of musical instruments 2e Student A is a foreign visitor who

is interested in Abing and his

music. Student B is a Chinese

student who knows about Abing.

Use the information in the passage

to make a conversation.

did Abing play? B: He could play many instruments, but he is best known for playing the erhu.

3a What kind of music or movies do you like best? What is your favorite song/movie? Make notes in the chart below.

Favorite kind of music/movie

Why I like this kind of music/movie

Favorite song/movie

Why I like this song/movie

How this song/movie makes me feel

Why I think others should listen to/watch this

song/movie

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 9

3b Use your notes to write an article for a newspaper or magazine to

tell people about your favorite kind of music/movie and your favorite song/movie.

because My favorite kind of music/movie is I like music/movies which My favorite song/movie is It was written by/The actors are

because . I think this song/movie is

. When I listen to/watch it, I feel . I think you should listen to/ watch it too because

Self Check

1 Fill in the blanks with the words in the box.

plenty 1. The comedy has

humorous. of which are very suppose 2. Since you prefer music that is relaxing, I don’t you dialogues would want to buy this music CD. time 3. Christmas is a for spreading joy, so you should war some time to spend with your family and friends. electronic actor 4. Although he is an who does not have much spare experience, he did an excellent job in the new film. 2 Fill in the blanks with who or that/which.

1. The restaurant wants to find people are friendly to work there.

2. My friend May loves serious movies make her think.

3. Our teacher likes students hand in their homework on time.

4. The young children prefer music they can sing and dance to.

5. We know a place where you can buy clothes are smart but inexpensive.

3 Complete the sentences about yourself.

1. I don’t like music

2. I enjoy spending time in places

3. I have friends

4. I like movie stars

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

You’re supposed to shake hands. 1a What do people do when they meet for the first

time? Match the countries with the customs. Countries Customs

1. Brazil 2. b the United States 3. Japan 4. Mexico 5. Korea a. bow b. shake hands c. kiss In your country, what are you supposed to do when you meet someone for the first time?

You’re supposed to shake hands.

1b Listen and check your answers in 1a.

A: What are people in Korea supposed to 1c Make conversations about

what people in different

countries do when they meet

for the first time. Talk about

the countries in 1a or other

countries. do when they meet for the first time? B: They’re supposed to bow. How about in the United States? A: In the United States, they’re expected to shake hands.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 10

2a Maria is an exchange student. Last night she had dinner at an American

friend’s house. Listen and check (?) the mistakes Maria made.

Maria’s mistakes

arrived late

ate the wrong food

greeted Paul’s mother the wrong way

wore the wrong clothes

2b Listen again. Fill in the blanks.

1. Maria was supposed to arrived at 7:00, but she

2. In Maria’s country, when you’re invited for 7:00, you’re expected to

3. When Maria met Paul’s mom, she was supposed to

4. Maria should ask what she is supposed to

is invited to a party next time.

2c if she Role-play a conversation between Maria and Dan. Use the information in 2a and 2b.

Dan: How was the dinner at Paul’s house last night?

Maria: Well, it was OK, but I made some mistakes. I was

2d supposed to arrive at 7:00, but ... Role-play the conversation.

Katie: How was the welcome party for foreign students last night? John: Great! I made some new friends. But a funny thing happened. Katie: What?

John: I met a Japanese boy called Sato, and as soon as I held out my hand, he bowed.

Katie: That’s how people in Japan are expected to greet each other. It’s impolite if you don’t bow.

John: I didn’t know that. So I just stood there with my hand out. Finally, I returned the bow.

Katie: I remember when I first met Marie last

year, I did the same thing. I held out

my hand and to my surprise, she kissed

me on both sides of my face!

John: I wouldn’t mind that!

Katie: Very funny. Later I found out French

people are supposed to kiss when they

see each other.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

You’re supposed to shake hands.

UNIT 10

3a Read the following opinions of a Colombian and a Swiss student. In

which country is it OK to be 15 minutes late for dinner?

Teresa Lopez Cali, Colombia

Where I’m from, we’re pretty relaxed about time. We don’t like to rush around, so we

Marc LeBlanc Lausanne, Switzerland

In Switzerland, it’s very important to be on time.

don’t mind if people are a little late sometimes. If you tell a friend you’re going to their house for dinner, it’s OK if you arrive a bit late. We like to enjoy our time slowly. We value the time we spend with our family and friends in our everyday lives. We often just drop by our friends’ homes if we have time. We don’t usually have to make plans to meet our friends. When we see each other, it’s polite for boys to shake hands and for girls to kiss each other on the side of the face. We often just walk around the town center, seeing as many of our friends as we can!

We’re the capital

of clocks and watches, after all! If someone invites you to meet him or her at noon, then you’re expected to be there at noon. If you’re even 15 minutes late, your friend may get mad. So I make an effort to be on time when I meet my friends. I always leave the house early to avoid heavy traffic. I

don’t mind because I think it’s impolite to keep others waiting. Also, we never visit a friend’s house without calling first. We almost always make plans to see friends. We usually plan to do something interesting, or go somewhere together.

3b Read the passage again and complete the chart.

Ideas and customs about ... being on time visiting a friend’s house making plans with friends

Colombia Switzerland

3c Role-play a conversation. Student A is Teresa and Student B is Marc.

Teresa is late and Marc is mad.

A: Hi, Marc. Sorry I’m a little late. B: Teresa, you’re 10 minutes late! A: It’s just 10 minutes! It’s no big deal! B: Well, in Switzerland, you’re supposed to ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 10

Grammar

F o c u s

What are you supposed to do when you

meet someone for the first time? When

were you supposed to arrive? Am I

supposed to wear jeans?

Is it impolite to keep others waiting? Is it

important to be on time? You’re supposed to shake hands. You’re not supposed to kiss. I was supposed to arrive at 7:00. No, you’re expected to wear a suit and tie. Yes, it’s very impolite to keep others waiting. Yes, it’s important to be on time.

4a Complete the sentences with the phrases in the box.

be supposed to

be expected to

be important to 1. When you go abroad, it bring your passport. 2. After class, students clean the chalk off the blackboard. 3. If you visit the northern coast of Norway during the winter season, it pack warm clothes. 4. If there are people in the meeting room, you

knock before entering.

5. In many eastern European countries, you take

off your gloves before shaking hands.

4b Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the words in brackets.

Each country has different rules about social situations. A traveler

(not expect) (know) all of these, but it is helpful

(learn) as many of these customs as possible. Trying (understand) how people think is one of the best ways to be accepted and liked in a foreign country. Learning what you (suppose) to do and

(not suppose) to do in social situations may be difficult, but it is worth the trouble if you want to understand another culture.

4c Make a list of advice for someone coming to your country as an exchange student for the first time. Work with your group to give advice about:

? time ? what to do for someone’s birthday

? meeting people ? visiting someone’s home

? table manners ? giving gifts

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

You’re supposed to shake hands. UNIT 10

1a How much do you know about table manners

around the world? Take the following quiz.

Circle T for true or F for false after each sentence.

Mind your manners!

1. In India, you’re supposed to eat with your

hands.

2. In China, you’re not supposed to stick your

chopsticks into the food.

3. In Korea, the youngest person is expected to

start eating first.

4. In France, you’re supposed to put your bread

on the table. T F T F T F T F

5. In China, it’s impolite to use your chopsticks to

hit an empty bowl. T F

1b Tomorrow Steve is going to China as an exchange student. His Chinese friend Yang Ming is telling him about the table manners in China. Listen

and number the pictures in the order Yang Ming talks about them.

1c Listen again. Match these sentence parts.

1. You’re not supposed to ... a. stick your chopsticks into your food.

2. It’s impolite to ... b. point at anyone with your chopsticks.

3. You shouldn’t ... c. start eating first if there are older people

at the table.

1d Talk about other table manners in your country. A: We’re supposed to ...

B: Yes, and it’s impolite to ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 10

2a What do you know about customs in foreign countries? What do you think is the biggest challenge when visiting a foreign country?

e.g. My cousin went to America, and she said that learning basic table

manners was her biggest challenge. She never knew what she was

supposed to do at the dinner table.

2b Read the letter and answer the questions.

1. Why is Wang Kun in France?

2. Does she enjoy staying with her host family? How do you know?

3. How does she feel about making mistakes when she speaks French?

4. What is the biggest challenge she is facing?

REVIEWING

Dear Laura,

Thanks for your message. Yes, I’m having a great time on my student exchange program in France. I was a bit nervous before I arrived here but there was no reason to be. My host family is really nice. They go out of their way to make me feel at home. The grandmother knows that I miss Chinese food a lot. So she actually learned how to make Chinese food! She also has a teenage granddaughter about my age. She’s really kind and she always talks to me in French to help me practice. You wouldn’t believe how quickly my French has improved because of that. I’m very comfortable speaking French now. Although I still make lots of mistakes, it doesn’t worry me like it used to.

My biggest challenge is learning how to behave at the dinner table. As you can imagine, things are very different from the way they are at home. For example, you’re not supposed to put your bread on your plate. You’re supposed to put it on the table! I thought that was pretty strange at first, but now I’m used to it. Another example is that you’re not supposed to eat anything with your hands except bread, not even fruit. You have to cut it up and eat it with a fork. Another thing is it’s impolite to say that you’re full. If you don’t want any more food, you should just say, “That was delicious.” Also, you’re not supposed to put your elbows on the table. I have to say that I find it difficult to remember everything, but I’m gradually getting used to it. I don’t find French customs so strange anymore.

I’ll write again soon and tell you more about my life in France. Hope you’re having a good school year.

Yours,

Wang Kun

Taking notes or summarizing the main ideas can help you move language from your short-term to long-term memory.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

You’re supposed to shake hands. UNIT 10 2c Read the sentences and replace the underlined words with the phrases in the box.

1. Making mistakes in French used

went out of their way to make Wang Kun nervous. be comfortable (doing) 2. It was quite hard for her to feel gradually gotten used to being good about speaking French.

3. The host family tried very hard to (something) worry (someone) help Wang Kun.

4. Wang Kun has slowly learned how to be like a French person.

2d Review the passage and make notes about French customs in the chart.

Dos

You’re expected to put your bread

on the table. Don’ts You’re not supposed to put your bread on your plate.

2e Compare the table manners in France and China in your group. How are they the same or different? Make a list.

e.g. In France, people put their bread on the table. But in China, we always put our food on a plate or in a bowl and never on the table.

3a An exchange student from a foreign country is coming to stay in your

home. Take notes on what he/she is supposed to do and not supposed to do.

Table manners

House rules

Going out with people It’s polite/impolite to ... You’re supposed/not supposed to ... You should ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 10

3b Write a letter to the exchange student to give him/her advice and suggestions on how to behave properly.

, Dear

You must be excited about coming to China soon. Let me give you some suggestions about staying in my home and some advice about China. When you’re eating at the table, it’s impolite to

In our house, you’re supposed to

When you go out with your friends or other people, you should Have

a safe trip, and I look forward to meeting you soon!

Best wishes,

Self Check

1 Fill in the blanks with the words in the box.

1. In many countries, it is impolite to show up at someone’s

house for the first time with hands. You should

always bring a small gift.

2. Billy embarrassed himself last night at a fine-dining restaurant

because he didn’t know table manners.

3. It is spending the time to learn about the customs

of a country before you go there. That way, you will know what you

are supposed to do in different situations.

4. The is always the worst in the city. It is

important to allow for more time if you are traveling by car.

5. Sandy went into her sister’s room without on the

door. That made her sister worth capital basic tra c empty mad knocking

2 Think about your culture and make statements.

In my culture,

you’re supposed to

you’re not supposed to

you’re expected to

it’s impolite to

it’s important to

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Sad movies make me cry. 1a Look at the two restaurants below. Which would

you like to go to? Why?

1b Listen and fill in the blanks. Then match the restaurants with the statements.

pictures make Amy e Rockin’ Restaurant The makes Amy The soft

The music makes Amy e Blue Ocean The soft music makes Tina

1c Role-play a coversation between Amy and Tina.

Amy: I’d rather go to Blue Ocean because I like to listen to quiet music while I’m eating.

Tina: But that music makes me sleepy. I want to have the hamburgers at Rockin’ Restaurant.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 11

2a Listen and number the pictures [1-4] in the order you hear them.

2b Listen again. Complete the statements.

1. Waiting for Amy drove Tina

2. Amy said loud music made her

3. Loud music makes John

4. The movie was so sad that it made Tina

5. Sad movies don’t make John cry. They just make him

2c Look at 2a and 2b. Role-play a conversation between Tina and John. Use the example to begin your conversation.

John: Did you have fun with Amy last night?

Tina: Well ... yes and no. She was really late.

2d Role-play the conversation.

Nancy: Hey Bert, I think I’ve made Alice mad

and I’m not sure what to do about it.

Bert: What happened?

Nancy: You know Julie is Alice’s best friend,

right?

Bert: Uh-huh.

Nancy: Well, the more I got to know Julie, the

more I’ve realized that we have a lot in common. So we’ve been spending more time together lately.

Bert: But what’s wrong with that?

Nancy: Umm ... it makes Alice unhappy because she thinks Julie is now better friends with me than with her.

Bert: I see. Mmm ... why don’t you ask Alice to join you each time you do

something with Julie? Then she won’t feel left out.

Nancy: Oh, good idea! That can make our friendship stronger.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Sad movies make me cry.

3a UNIT 11 1. Can medicine help the ill king?

Why or why not?

2. Why does power not make the

prime minister happy?

3. Why does money not make the

banker happy?

4. Why does fame not make the

singer happy? Read the first part of the story and answer the questions. How to Be Happy A long time ago, in a rich and peaceful country, there lived an unhappy king. He slept badly and didn’t feel like eating. His face was always pale as

chalk. He often cried for no reason. This made

the queen and his people worried.

One day, a doctor was called in to examine the king. But he found nothing wrong with his body. “It’s all in his mind. Neither medicine nor rest can help him. What he needs is the shirt of a happy person to wear. That’ll make him happy.”

The prime minister was called to the palace. But when they explained the king’s situation to him, he said, “Although I have a lot of power, it doesn’t make me

happy. I’m always worried about losing my power. Many people are trying to take my position.”

Then, the king’s banker came to the palace. “Oh, I’m afraid I’m not happy either,” he said. I have a lot of wealth, but I’m always worried about

losing my money. Someone tries to steal my money every

day.”

Next, the palace singer came to the king’s room. But this is

what he said: “It’s true that I’m famous and everyone loves

my songs. But I’m not happy because I’m always worried

about being followed by others. I cannot be free!”

Finally, the king’s top general was told to go out and find a happy

man in three days’ time.

3b Find phrases from the story with similar meanings as these phrases.

1. did not want to

2. asked to come in

3. look carefully at

4. having less influence

5. get someone’s job

6. come after someone

3c Role-play the story with your group.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 11

Grammar

F o c u s

The loud music makes me nervous.

Soft and quiet music makes people relaxed.

Money and fame don’t always make people happy.

She said that the sad movie made her feel like crying.

4a Think of appropriate words for the blanks. Then compare your choices with your partner.

Dear Diary, June 29th I thought today was going to be really bad. To start with, it was cloudy and grey, and cloudy days make me . And this was the day we would get our exam results back, but I didn’t answer the exam questions very well last week. That made me . I walked to school with my best friend Holly. She didn’t say much to me. That made me a little . In class, the teacher handed back our exams. That made me . But I found out that I didn’t do too badly. That made me very . Then things got even better. Holly bought me my favorite lemon juice and turkey sandwich for lunch, and we talked a lot. That made me . We both did quite well on the exam. How do these things make you feel? Write about your feelings.

e.g. When I read about endangered animals, it makes me feel worried about the future. 4b

1. Pollution

2. Heavy traffic

3. People who cancel a meeting at the last minute

4. Loud music

4c Complete the survey. Then ask two other students.

What makes you ...?

happy

want to cry

uncomfortable

angry

nervous

feel like dancing

A: What makes you angry?

B: When people throw rubbish on the streets, it makes me angry. C: Me, too. It makes me want to tell them to clean up the streets. You Student 1 Student 2

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Sad movies make me cry. UNIT 11

1a Look at the possible endings to the story about the

unhappy king. Do you think any of these is the right one?

If so, which one?

a. The general cannot find a happy person and the king

remains unhappy forever.

b. The general finds a happy person with power, money and

fame.

c. The general realizes he is a happy person and gives his shirt

to the king to wear.

d. The king suddenly becomes happy without the shirt of a

happy person.

1b What are some other possible endings to the story? Discuss your ideas with your partner and write them down.

1c Listen and check (?) the things that happened in the rest of the story.

The general searched for three days and found a happy person. The

general could not find a happy person.

The general saw a poor man on the street.

The poor man was a happy man.

The poor man gave the general a shirt.

1d Listen again. Answer the questions.

1. Why was it difficult for the general to find a happy person?

2. What was the poor man doing on the street?

3. What made the poor man so happy even though he had no power, money or fame?

4. Do you think the general will return to the king with the poor man’s shirt? Why or why not?

1e Do you agree with the poor man’s thoughts about happiness? Discuss your ideas with your group. Then role-play the rest of the story.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 11

2a Have you ever made a mistake? How did it make you feel? Talk to your partner about what happened.

2b Skim the story and number the events in the correct order.

The Winning Team RECOGNIZING IDIOMS AND PHRASES

Knowing the meanings of idioms

and verb phrases can improve your Peter kept his eyes on the ground and

English. felt a heavy weight on his shoulders as he walked home alone. It was the worst day of his life. His mind would not stop thinking about what happened only just an hour ago on the school soccer field. How could he have missed scoring that goal? He had let his whole team down. His stupid mistake made him angry. His team lost the game because of him. He was really worried that his coach may kick him off the team.

As soon as he walked through the door, his father asked, “What’s wrong, son?” Peter’s feelings were written all over his face. “I lost the game,” Peter replied. Then he went into his room without another word. Ten minutes later, Peter heard his father knocking on his bedroom door. He opened the door to let him in.

“Look, Peter. I don’t know what happened. But whatever it was, don’t be too hard on yourself.”

“I lost the game, Dad. I failed my team. They’ll probably never let me play again.”

“Soccer is about team effort. You’re not the only reason your team lost. If you have a good team, you should support each other. Besides, winning or losing is only half the game. The other half is learning how to communicate with your teammates and learning from your mistakes.”

Peter didn’t say anything but what his father said made him think carefully. The next day, Peter went to soccer practice with courage rather than fear in his heart.

“Hey, guys,” he said to his teammates. “I’m really sorry about yesterday. We were so close to winning that game. But I think if we continue to pull together, we’re going to win the next one.”

To his surprise and relief, his teammates all nodded in agreement.

“Yeah,” they said, “don’t worry about it. It’s never just one person’s fault. We should think about how we can do better next time.”

Peter smiled. It made him feel lucky to know that he was on a winning team.

Peter got home and went to his room.

Peter talked to his teammates.

Peter missed a goal.

Peter’s father gave him advice.

Peter realized that he had been worried for no reason.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Sad movies make me cry.

2c Read the story again and answer the questions. UNIT 11

1. Why did Peter feel angry and worried?

2. What kind of advice did Peter’s father offer to his son?

3. Do you agree with Peter’s father? Why or why not?

4. What happened after Peter told his teammates that he was sorry?

5. Why did Peter think that he was on a winning team even though they lost the last game?

2d Find idioms or phrases from the story to replace the underlined parts of these sentences.

1. He could not believe that he did not get the ball into the basket.

2. She was worried because she had disappointed her parents.

3. Tony was sad that he was asked to leave the team.

4. You should learn to relax and not put so much pressure on yourself.

5. The teacher told the students to work hard together and not give up.

2e Role-play a conversation between Peter and his father.

Father: What’s wrong, Peter? You look sad.

Peter: I missed scoring a goal. I made my team lose the game. Father: ...

3a Think of some experiences that made you feel very happy or sad. Tell your partner about them. Here are some ideas.

● winning/losing a competition

● getting good/bad grades on an exam

● performing something well/badly in front of a big group of people ● getting into a fight with your best friend

● your first trip outside your hometown

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 11

3b Write a story similar to the one in 2b using your notes in 3a.

In your story, explain the following:

What happened?

When did it happen?

Where did it happen?

Why did it make you feel sad/happy?

What did you learn from the experience?

Self Check

1 Put the words in the appropriate place in the chart.

nervous unhappy uncomfortable worried

comfortable relaxed

angry awful

happy uneasy

2 Write sentences using the words given.

e.g. sad movies/cry

Sad movies make me cry. Positive Negative

1. speaking in front of many people/nervous

2. not knowing anyone at a party/uncomfortable

3. soft piano music/relaxed

4. rainy days/stay at home and watch TV

3 Number the things [1-6] (1 = least important, 6 = most important). Write six sentences about your choices.

fame

wealth power health friendship family

e.g. Fame is not very important. It can make me nervous if too many people follow me around.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Life is full of the unexpected.

1a Look at the pictures.

What happened to the girl?

I’m taking a shower!

Listen to Tina talking about her morning. Complete the sentences.

1. By the time I got up, my brother in the shower.

2. By the time I got outside, the bus 3. When I got to school, I realized I backpack at home.

already already

1c Take turns being Tina. Look at

A: What happened?

B: I overslept. And by the time I

the pictures above and talk about what happened this morning.

got up, my brother had already gotten in the shower.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 12

2a Listen to Tina continue her story. Number the pictures [1-4] in the correct order.

2b Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. Then

listen again and check (?) your answers.

1. When I

in the backpack.

2. By the time I

3. By the time I

teaching already. (get home), I realized I (get) back to school, the bell (walk) into class, the teacher (leave) my keys (ring). (start)

2c Make up an ending for the story

and share it with your partner.

2d The teacher looked at Tina and ... Role-play the conversation.

Matt: Why were you late for class today, Kevin? Kevin: My alarm clock didn’t go off ! I kept sleeping, and when I woke up it was already 8:00 a.m.! Matt: Oh, no!

Kevin: So I just quickly put on some clothes and rushed out the door.

Matt: You didn’t eat breakfast?

Kevin: No, I didn’t even brush my teeth or wash my face! But before I got to the bus stop, the bus had already left. Matt: Then how did you get here?

Kevin: Luckily, Carl’s dad saw me on the street and gave me a lift in his car. Matt: Well, at least by the time you got to school, the class had only started for five minutes.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Life is full of the unexpected.

3a Read the passage and answer the questions. UNIT 12

Life is full of the unexpected. 1. Which two events does the writer mention?

2. How did the writer end up missing both events?

In May 2001, I found a job in New

York at the World Trade Center. On September 11, 2001, I arrived at my building at around 8:30 a.m. I was about to go up when I decided to get a coffee first. I went to my favorite coffee place even though it was two blocks east from my office. As I was waiting in line with other office workers, I heard a loud sound. Before I could join the others outside to see what was going on, the first plane had already hit my office building. We stared in disbelief at the black smoke rising above the burning building. I felt lucky to be alive.

Almost 10 years later, I woke up at 10:00 a.m. on February 21, 2011 and realized that my alarm never went off. I jumped out of bed and went straight to the airport. But by the time I got to the airport, my

plane to New Zealand had already taken

off. “This is the first holiday I’ve taken

in a year, and I miss my plane. What bad

luck!” I thought to myself. The other

planes were full so I had to wait till the

next day. The next morning, I heard about

the earthquake in New Zealand the day

before. My bad luck had unexpectedly

turned into a good thing.

3b Find words from the passage with opposite meanings to the words below. Then write a sentence with each word.

1. west:

2. dead:

3. below:

4. lost:

5. empty:

to help you.

stare

alive in disbelief till/until take off arrive at unexpected be about to burn above even though 3c Retell one of the events to your partner. Use these words and phrases

e.g. On September 11, 2001, I arrived at my ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 12

Grammar

F o c u s

When I got to school, I realized that I had left my backpack at home. When I

woke up, it was already 8:00 a.m.

Before I got to the bus stop, the bus had already left.

I was about to go up to my office when I decided to get a coffee first.

As I was waiting in line with the other office workers, I heard a loud sound.

4a Make sentences using by the time or before.

e.g. Tim went into the bathroom.

1. The coffee became cold.

2. The teacher collected the math homework. I got to school.

3. I completed the work for my boss.

4. The movie started.

5. My mother finished making the apple pie. I got home from my language course.

4b Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the words in the box. Tina got up. I put cream in the coffee. By the time Tina got up, Tim had already gone into the bathroom. The workday ended. I arrived at the cinema. 1. By the time I arrived at the party, everyone else already

2 . When he put the noodles into a bowl, he realized he to add the rush green beans. forget 3 . By the time my mother came back from the market, I already send out out the door to go for my piano lesson. go into 4 . Before she got to the airport, she about the earthquake. show up the e-mail invitation, she remembered she had find out 5 . When she

forgotten to invite Dale.

6 . Before she got a chance to say goodbye, he the building.

4c Write two true statements and one false statement about your day yesterday. Your classmates then guess the false statement.

1. By the time I left for school in the morning,

2. By the end of the school day,

3. By dinner time, I

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Life is full of the unexpected.

fool invite costume embarrassed go off get up get dressed empty show up realize change clock tired stay up

UNIT 12

Put these words in the correct columns in the chart. (Some words can go in more than one column.)

Nouns

(people, places, things)

fool

Verbs (action words)

fool

Adjectives (description words)

embarrassed

Tell your partner about something that happened to you recently. Use two or more words in 1a.

Last Friday night, my friend invited me to his birthday party. On Saturday, I got up late and ...

Dave, Nick and Joe are talking about April Fool’s Day. Listen and write each person’s name under the correct picture.

Listen again. Who says each of the phrases below? Write D for Dave, N for Nick and J for Joe.

1. 2. 3.

a costume party my alarm went off stayed up all night 4. 5. 6.

was tired

really embarrassed

the other kids showed up

A: What happened to Dave on

1e Tell the April Fool’s Day stories in

your group. Use the information in 1c and 1d.

April Fool’s Day?

B: Well, a friend invited him to a costume party ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 12

2a Have you ever played jokes on others, especially on April Fool’s Day?

Have you ever been fooled by others? Tell your story to your partner. idea.

Paragraph 1 The most famous trick played

Paragraph 2 Examples of funny stories that happened on April Fool’s Day

Paragraph 3 An introduction to April Fool’s Day

Paragraph 4 A sad story that happened on April Fool’s Day

2b Read the passage quickly. Then match each paragraph with the main

April Fool’s Day is a celebration that takes

place in different countries around the

world. It happens on April 1st every year

and is a day when many people play all

kinds of tricks and jokes on each other. USING BACKGROUND KNOWLEDGE Carefully reading the first sentence in each paragraph can activate your own knowledge of the topic and help you guess what the whole text

is about.

One April Fool’s Day, a reporter in England announced that there would be no more spag hetti because the spaghetti farmers in Italy had stopped growing spaghetti. Many people ran to their local supermarkets to

buy as much spaghetti as they could. By the time people realized that the story was a hoax, all of the spaghetti across the country had been sold out. Another famous trick in England was when a TV show reported the discovery of special water. They said this water would help people lose weight and that one customer had already lost a lot of weight in just four months. By the end of the day, more than 10,000 people had phoned the TV station to find out how to get this water.

Many April Fool’s jokes may end up being not very funny. A famous TV star once invited his girlfriend onto his show on April Fool’s Day. He asked her to marry him. The lady was so happy because she really wanted to get married. However, when she said “yes”, he replied, “April Fool!” That little joke didn’t have a very happy ending. The TV star lost both his girlfriend and his show.

One of the world’s most famous tricks, however, happened in October rather than April. In that month in 1938, actor Orson Welles announced on his radio program that aliens from Mars had landed on the earth. He

described where they had landed and told how

they were moving across the United States. Welles made

it sound so real that hundreds of people

believed the story, and fear spread across the

whole country. By the time police officers

announced that the story was a hoax, thousands of

people had left their homes.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Life is full of the unexpected.

2c Read the passage again and answer the questions. UNIT 12

1. Why did the supermarkets run out of spaghetti one April Fool’s Day?

2. What did the TV show say that the special water could do?

3. Why did the TV star’s joke have a bad ending?

4. When did Orson Welles tell people about aliens from Mars landing on the earth?

5. Why did so many people believe Orson Welles?

6. Which of these stories is the most believable? Which is the least believable? Why?

7. Would you be fooled by any of these stories?

2d Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.

1. After the spaghetti story (appear) in the news, everyone

(rush) to the supermarkets.

2. By the time people (find out) the story was not true, all the spaghetti in the supermarkets (disappear).

3. By the time the day (end), more than 10,000 people

(call) the TV station to ask about the special water.

4. By the time the show (end), the TV star (lose) his girlfriend.

5. By the time police officers (tell) the country that the story was a hoax, many people (run away).

2e Tell your funny story from 2a to the class. The class will vote for:

a. the funniest joke

b. the most embarrassing joke c.

the most creative joke

3a Can you remember a lucky or an unlucky day? What happened? Make A: What’s your story? B: Well, last year, on the first day of school, my sister put a piece of paper on my back that said “Please say hello.” All morning at school ... some notes about what you remember.

What was the date?

What happened first?

Was this unlucky or lucky? Why?

What happened next?

How did the day end?

How did you feel about this day?

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 12

3b Write a story about your lucky or unlucky day and tell your story to a partner or the class.

My lucky/unlucky day

I will always remember the date unluckiest day of my life.

When I woke up that morning,

Later that day,

I couldn’t believe

Then/After that,

Finally,

I think

What a lucky/an unlucky day! . This was the luckiest/

Self Check

1 Complete the passage with the correct forms of the words in the box.

block

course

discovery

lady officer

market

pie

west

above Last Saturday after my French , I decided to drive to the to buy a meat for dinner. As I was heading , I saw a huge truck the road. There had been an accident and there were many police around. So I had to turn around and take the longer way to the market. By the time I got to the market, the pie shop had already closed. However, I noticed a new bakery the pie shop which was still open. I went inside and bought a sandwich from the friendly who

was the owner. It turned out that the sandwich was delicious so I had made a great !

2 Think of ways to finish the answers.

1. Why didn’t you hand in your science homework? Before I could start working on it,

2. Why didn’t you take a shower this morning? By the time I got up,

3. Why did you have to walk home from school? By the time I left my school,

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

We’re trying to save the earth!

1a Here are some words related to different kinds of

pollution. Write them in the box below. Then add more words.

loud music cars littering ships

building houses mobile phones

rubbish factories

water pollution

planes smoking

noise pollution

air pollution

Listen and complete the sentences.

The river was river was full of People are

. Even the bottom of the . There was no more

for fishermen to catch.

in the river. Factories are

into the river.

What was the problem?

What caused the problem? How should the problem be solved?

We should write to the and ask them to the factories. Everyone should

the river.

1c Role-play the conversation. Then make your own conversations about

the kinds of pollution in 1a.

Mark: The river was dirty. Even the bottom of the river was full of rubbish. Tony:

But it used to be so clean!

Mark: Yes, but people are littering in the river.

Tony: Everyone in this town should play a part in cleaning it up!

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 13

2a Listen to the interview. Circle the kinds of pollution that Jason and Susan talk about.

A. waste pollution B. air pollution C. noise pollution D. water pollution

2b Listen again and complete the sentences.

1. The air is badly polluted because there are on the road these days.

2. Factories that burn coal also the air with a lot of black smoke.

3. There is also too much rubbish and waste. People

things away every day.

4. People are also in public places like parks. This turns beautiful parks into ugly places.

2c Use the information in 2a and 2b to role-play conversations between Jason and Susan.

Jason: The air has become really polluted around here.

I’m really getting worried.

Susan: Yes, I used to be able to see stars in the sky. Jason:

The problem is that ...

2d Role-play the conversation.

Interviewer: Jason and Susan, what are your ideas for solving these problems? Jason: Well, to cut down air pollution, we should take the bus or subway

instead of driving.

Susan: Yeah, or ride a bike. Other advantages of bike riding are that it’s

good for health and it doesn’t cost anything!

Interviewer: Great ideas! What about waste pollution?

Susan: Mmm, I think simple things like bringing a bag to go shopping can help. I started

doing that a year ago.

Jason: Me, too. Also, I never take wooden chopsticks or plastic forks when I buy

takeaway food. I use the ones at home.

Susan: And remember to throw rubbish in the cans and keep public places clean and

beautiful for everyone.

Interviewer: So together, our actions can make a

difference and lead to a better future!

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

We’re trying to save the earth!

3a Discuss the questions with a UNIT 13

partner. 1. Have you ever seen a shark? 2. What do you know about sharks?

3b Read the passage. Complete the fact sheet below.

Many have heard of shark’s fin soup. This

famous and expensive dish is especially

popular in southern China. But do you realize

that you’re killing a whole shark each time

you enjoy a bowl of shark’s fin soup?

When people catch sharks, they cut off their

fins and throw the shark back into the ocean.

Without a fin, a shark can no longer swim and slowly dies. This method is not only crue l, but also harmful to the

environment. Sharks are at the top of the food chain in the ocean’s ecosystem. If their numbers drop too low, it will bring danger to all ocean life. Many believe that sharks can never be endangered because they are the strongest in their food chain. But in fact, around 70 million sharks are caught and traded in this industry every year. The numbers of some kinds of sharks have fallen by over 90 percent in the last 20 to 30 years.

Environmental protection groups around the world, such as WildAid and the WWF, are teaching the public about “finning”. They have even asked governments to develop laws to stop the sale of shark’s fins. So far, no scientific studies have

shown that shark’s fins are good for health, so why eat them? Help save the sharks! Where shark’s fin soup is popular

Number of sharks caught and traded every year

How much the numbers of some kinds of sharks have fallen

in the last 20 to 30 years

Two environmental groups which are against finning

3c Read the passage and fill in the blanks with the words in the box.

1. Many people do not realize they are killing a whole shark

they enjoy a bowl of shark’s fin soup.

2. Sharks are at the top of the food chain, if their numbers so drop, the ocean’s ecosystem will be in danger. although 3. Many think that sharks are too strong to be endangered, they if re wrong. but 4. there are no scientific studies to support this, a lot of when people believe that shark’s fins are good for health.

5. Sharks may disappear one day we do not do something to

stop the sale of shark’s fins.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 13

Grammar

F o c u s

We’re trying to save the earth.

The river used to be so clean.

It was considered the nicest river in town.

The air has become really polluted.

We should help save the sharks. Present progressive used to Passive voice Present perfect Modal verbs 4a Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.

you ever (take) part in an environmental project?

Ken: Yes, I have. I (help) with a Clean-Up Day last year. It was

(consider) the biggest clean-up project this city ever (have).

Interviewer: How many people (take) part?

(think) more than 1,000 people (come) to help out. Ken: I

Interviewer: That’s fantastic! I guess everyone in this city is (try) to improve

the environment.

Yes, everyone should (play) a part in keeping the city clean. Ken: Interviewer:

4b Fill in the blanks with the appropriate modal verbs from the box.

can

would

could

have to

should

must

may/might When it comes to saving the earth, people think that big things be done. However, many forget that saving the earth begins with small things. For example, you save electricity by turning off the lights when you leave a room. You also use paper or reusable bags instead of plastic bags. In some stores, you now pay for plastic bags. I think this is a great idea. And instead of driving to school or work, you ride your bike or walk. If it’s far, you take the bus. All these small things add

up and become big things that improve the environment. We cannot afford to wait any longer before taking action!

4c In your group, make a list of things that people can do to help the

environment and present them. The class can agree or disagree with you. use public transportation

A: We think that everyone should use public transportation.

B: We disagree. It’s difficult for parents with young children to use public transportation ...

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

We’re trying to save the earth! UNIT 13

1a Saving endangered animals is one thing we can do

for our world. What else can we do to help save the planet? Rank these items from the easiest (1) to the most difficult (5).

stop riding in cars

recycle books and paper

turn off the lights when you leave a room

turn off the shower while you are washing your hair don’t

use paper napkins

1c Compare your answers in 1a with a partner. A: Recycling paper is really easy. B: I agree. But it’s hard to stop riding in cars. Listen and check (?) the things that Julia and Jack talk about. Things Julia and Jack talk

about Things Julia is Things Julia will Things Julia doing now do in the future would never do ? turning off the lights

turning off the shower

not using paper napkins

taking your own bags

when shopping

not riding in cars

riding a bike

recycling paper

1d Listen again. Check (?) the things that Julia is doing now, the things

she will do in the future and the things she would never do. 1e Make a conversation using the information in 1c. Say what is true for you.

A: We really shouldn’t use paper napkins, you know.

B: I know. I stopped using them last year.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 13

2a Look at the title and the pictures in 2b. Can you guess what the passage is about?

2b Read the passage and complete the chart below.

Rethink, Reuse, Recycle! UNDERSTANDING PREFIXES AND

SUFFIXES

Do you often throw away things you Recognize how prefixes and suffixes don’t need anymore? Have you ever may change the meanings of words thought about how these things can and how they are used. actually be put to good use? Nothing is a waste if you have a creative mind.

You have probably never heard of Amy Hayes, but she is a most unusual woman. She lives in a house in the UK that she built herself out of rubbish. The windows and doors come from old buildings around her town that were pulled down. The top of the house is an old boat turned upside down. And the gate in front of her house is made of rocks and old glass bottles. Amy recently won a prize from the Help Save Our Planet Society. The president said, “Amy is an inspiration to us all.”

Amy isn’t the only one who is good at recycling. Jessica Wong from Hong Kong uses old clothes that people don’t wear anymore to make bags. She has been doing this for a few years now. She opened a small shop where she sells her bags, and she has also set up a website to sell them online. She especially likes to use old jeans to make handbags. Her bags are cute and useful. “I plan to write a book about new ways to use old clothes,” she said. “I hope people can read my book and enjoy it!” Wang Tao set up a small business in Shanghai four years ago. He is known for using iron and other materials from old cars to make beautiful art pieces. Some are large pieces that look like animals or humans, and some are smaller pieces you can put at home. The more popular works can even been seen in art shops around the city. Wang Tao hopes to set up a “metal art” theme park to show people the importance of environmental protection. Not only can the art bring happiness to others, but it also shows that even cold, ard iron can be brought back to life with a little creativity. Names

What materials did they use? What did they make?

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

We’re trying to save the earth!

UNIT 13

2c Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the phrases in the box.

put to good use set up

1. Amy Hayes lives in the UK. Many of the old buildings in her neighborhood were

2. All the rubbish and old things in Amy’s neighborhood were then

when Amy built her house.

3. Amy is very creative and she her front gate

rocks and old glass bottles. She put an old boat on top of her house. 4. Jessica Wong sells her bags in a small shop, but she has also an online business to sell them.

5. Though Jessica’s bags are made from old clothes, her bags are

being cute and useful.

6. Wang Tao makes large pieces of metal art that look like animals or humans, makes smaller pieces for the home.

2d Underline the words in the passage based on the words below. What are

build ... out of

known for pull down

not only ... but also

the differences? think use special recent

usual actual environment important build protect create inspire

2e Make a list of things that need to be done to save the environment.

Which things can be done by regular people every day? Which things have to be done by governments and organizations? Discuss these with your group.

3a Think about the environment in your town or city.

Which parts of the town or city have a nice environment and why? Which parts may be less nice and need to be improved? Why?

Good environment

Why?

Bad environment

Why?

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 13

3b Write a letter to the city mayor about the problems and your suggestions.

In your letter, describe the environmental problems in your town or city. What are the problems? Where are they?

What or who is causing these problems?

Also, give suggestions or possible ways to solve the problems. I think that ... We should/could ... I suggest ...

Self Check

1 Write different forms of the words. Then add more to each group.

v. n. pollute— act— protect— inspire— build— create—

2 Match each statement with the grammar structure.

Statement

Grammar

n. adj. fame— wood— science— health— south— harm—

adj. n. different— important—

adj. adv. slow— probable— recent— real—

The river used to be so clean.

We have seen many changes in the environment. People should take public transportation more. The river is polluted by factories.

The air pollution is getting worse and worse.

Kinds of pollution

Present progressive Modal verbs Passive voice used to

Present perfect

3 Write ways to cut down on these kinds of pollution.

Ways to cut down

water pollution waste pollution noise pollution air pollution

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I remember meeting all of you in Grade 7.

1a Check (?) the things you remember doing at junior high school. Add more to the list. Well, junior high school days are over. Do you have any special memories?

At junior high school, I remember: winning a prize being a volunteer once doing a school survey a friend helping me with a problem

I remember meeting all of you in Grade 7.

1b Listen and match the memory with the person.

Mary

Frank

Sarah

Peter a. used to be scared of a teacher with high standards b. remembers losing a schoolbag c. remembers meeting this group of friends d. has enjoyed every year of junior high school 1c List some memories and experiences from junior high school. Share

your lists with your partner.

Memories Experiences

I remember ...

scoring two goals in a row during a

soccer competition I have ... learned to play the keyboard in music class

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 14

2a Listen to the conversation. Check (?) the facts you hear.

Someone didn’t like P.E.

Someone was encouraged by a teacher.

Someone had a health problem.

Someone joined the school band.

Someone wants to become a secretary.

2b Listen again. Match each question with the name of the person.

Question Answer

1. Who wants to study medicine?

2. Who told someone to take a break from running?

3. Who hurt his or her knee?

4. Who thinks the That’s Life concert is the best memory?

2c Role-play a conversation

in your group using the

information in 2a and 2b.

2d Role-play the conversation. A: Do you remember Mr. Hunt? a. Luke b. Brian c. Mr. Hunt d. Lisa B: Of course! He’s a great teacher. He gave really clear instructions during P.E. class. C: Yeah, he ...

Judy: Which teachers will you miss the most after junior high school, Clara? Clara: Ms. Lee and Mr. Brown.

Judy: I know that Ms. Lee was always patient with you in math class. She

helped you to work out the answers yourself no matter how difficult they were.

Clara: Yes, and Mr. Brown guided me to do a lot better in science. He always

took the time to explain things to me clearly whenever I couldn’t understand anything. Who will you miss?

Judy: Ms. Griffin. She encouraged me in English

class. She always told me, “You can do it!”

Because of her, I put in more effort and my

exam scores doubled.

Clara: Shall we get each of them a card and gift to

say thank you?

Judy: Good idea. Let’s go shopping tomorrow!

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I remember meeting all of you in Grade 7.

3a Skim the passage and answer the questions.

UNIT 14

1. What kind of writing is this?

2. What is the main subject of this writing? 3. Who do you think the writer is?

3b Read the poem. Write the words that rhyme with the words below.

things rings land

year school

class flowers

I Remember

Looking back at these past three years I remember many things

Trying to be on time for morning readings Running when the lunch bell rings I remember the excitement

Of the school sports day each year The many long hours of training Pride of overcoming fear I remember starting day one The shyest in my whole class Never speaking to anyone And thinking I would not pass Then slowly I made some new friends To remember forever

Helping each other with homework Getting better together

Preparing for art festivals And making a great big mess Having fun at New Year’s parties Wishing everyone the best

We have learned a different language That is from a foreign land

English brings many challenges We work hard to understand

And now it’s time to graduate We will leave our lovely school I can’t

believe it’s been three years I’m trying to keep my cool

But it’s difficult not to cry

I’ll miss the school trees and flowers And our kind and caring teachers Wonderful memories of ours

3c Have you experienced any of the following things? How did you feel?

How does the writer feel about them? 1. trying to be on time for morning readings

2. running to the dining hall when the lunch bell rings 3. training for sports day

4. starting the first day in Grade 7 5. slowly making some new friends 6. helping classmates with homework 7. preparing for art festivals 8. going to New Year’s parties 9. learning English

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 14

Grammar

F o c u s

What happened in Grade 7 that was special?

How have you changed since you started junior high school?

How do you think things will be different in senior high school?

What are your plans for next year? Our team won the school basketball competition. I’ve become much better at speaking English. I think that I’ll have to study much harder for exams. I’m going to join the school volleyball team.

What do you remember about Grade 8? I remember being a volunteer. What did you use to do that you don’t do I used to take dance lessons, but I don’t now? anymore.

I’m looking forward to going to senior What are you looking forward to? high school.

4a Number the sentences to make a paragraph.

When I get to senior high, I will join the school swimming team. 1 My time in junior high school has been enjoyable.

In Grade 8, I studied harder but I still got poor grades in English. I

had problems with pronunciation and reading texts. So the next year, I worked much harder and got better grades.

Next year, I will be in senior high school. I can’t believe how fast the time went by!

This year, with Mr. Trent’s help, my English level has been improving and I hope to get good grades at the end of the year.

In the first year, I didn’t work very hard in class, but I joined many different school clubs and had a lot of fun.

4b Write your own answers to the questions.

1. What do you remember about Grade 7?

2. What happened in Grade 8 that was special?

3. What did you use to do that you don’t do now?

4. How have you changed since you started junior high school?

5. How do you think things will be different in senior high school?

6. What are your plans for next year?

7. What are you looking forward to?

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I remember meeting all of you in Grade 7.

1a UNIT 14 Write about what you would like to do in the future.

1. get a business degree and become a manager

What do you hope to do in the future?

1b Talk about what you hope to do

in the future. I hope to get a business degree and become a manager.

1c Listen to a class discussion. Check (?) the hopes you hear.

1d Listen again. Complete the passage.

Today is the students’ last class. Bob feels about it and thinks Mrs. Chen’s classes have been . The students talk about what they want to do in the future. Ken is good at

and he won a for it. So he wants to be an

Mrs. Chen believes in all of them and tells them to “ ”. To celebrate the end of junior high, they’re having a . They ask Mrs. Chen to come, and she is happy to accept the invitation.

Prepare a speech for your graduation. Use the questions to help you. Present your speech to your group.

How have you changed since you started junior high school? Who has helped you most?

What advice have your parents given you?

What will you do after you graduate? What are

you looking forward to?

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 14

2a What is the most important thing you have learned in junior high school? Discuss the question with a partner.

2b Read the passage and answer the questions.

1. What kind of text is this? Is it a story, a speech or a notice?

2. Who do you think wrote it?

3. Who is it for?

IDENTIFYING TEXT TYPE AND PURPOSE

Quickly skim through a text to see what

kind of writing it is, who wrote it and

why it was written. Ladies and gentlemen, Thank you for coming today to

attend the graduation ceremony at

No. 3 Junior High School. First of all, I’d like to congratulate all the students who are here today. I remember meeting all of you when you were just starting Grade 7 at this school. You were all so full of energy and thirsty for knowledge. And yes, some of you were a little difficult to deal with! But today I see a room full of talented young adults who are full of hope for the future. You’ve all grown up so much and I’m so proud of you.

Although you’ve all worked very hard over the last three

years, none of you could have succeeded by yourselves.

Along the way, I’m sure many people have helped and

supported you. I’d like you to remember to thank all of

these important people in your lives — your parents,

your teachers, your classmates and your friends. Please

consider what they’ve done for you and what they mean

to you. Never fail to be thankful to the people around

you.

Lastly, the end of junior high school is the beginning of

a new life. I don’t need to tell you that life in senior high

school will be harder and that you have many difficult tasks ahead of you. You’ll make mistakes along the way, but the key is to learn from your mistakes and never give up. But along with difficulties, there will also be many exciting things waiting for you. Behind each door you open are chances to learn new things, and you have the ability to make your own choices. Choose wisely and be responsible for your decisions and actions. Although you have to go your separate ways now, I wish that

in a few years’ time, you’ll come back to visit our school. As you set out on your new journey, you shouldn’t forget where you came from. The future is yours.

Good luck and hope to see you again soon sometime!

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

I remember meeting all of you in Grade 7.

2c UNIT 14 Read the passage again and answer the questions.

1. What were the students like in Grade 7?

2. How have the students changed?

3. Who should the students thank and why?

4. What will senior high be like?

5. How should the students deal with the future?

6. What advice would you give to students who are just starting junior high school?

2d Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the words in the box.

attend be thirsty for

set out on a new journey none separate be proud of

1. It is time to say good-bye, but of us wanted to leave our classmates and teachers.

2. It is always hard to from those whom you have spent so much time with for the past three years. However, we are still excited to

when we enter senior high.

3. The teacher can tell we knowledge from our eyes. She tells us that knowledge will give us wings to fly.

4. We will the junior high graduation ceremony tomorrow. It is a very special time for us.

5. Our teachers and parents will us because we have grown up and can be responsible for ourselves.

2e Underline the sentences you like in the passage. Tell your partner what they mean and why you like them.

3a Think of a person or an event from junior high school that you will

never forget. Make some notes about how this person or event changed your life in some way.

Who is the person? / What is the event?

When and where did you first meet this person? / When and where did this event happen?

How did you feel when you met this person? / How did you feel when this event happened?

How did this person help you? / What happened later?

How has this person’s advice / event changed your life?

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

UNIT 14

3b Write a passage about the person or event you thought about in 3a.

Describe the person/event.

Explain how you feel about this person/event.

Describe how this person/event has changed your life.

Self Check

1 What happened in junior high that made you have these feelings? Complete the chart.

Feelings Memories/Experiences

excited

happy

worried

sad

tired

proud

shy

2 Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the words in brackets. I can’t

school. I still

it was yesterday. I used to

on the first day of junior high, I

nervous. I

But now, I (believe) that today is the last day of junior high (remember) the first day of Grade 7 like (be) a really shy person, so (be) so scared and (think) that I would never make any friends. (realize) that I was just being silly. Since then, I

(make) so many good friends and I

so many good memories with them. Even though I

that junior high is over, I

in senior high!

(share) (be) sad (look) forward to new experiences

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Grammar

I. 动词（Verbs）

Grammar

1. 被动语态（Passive Voice） 1) 主动语态和被动语态

英语动词有两种语态，即主动语态（Active Voice）和被动语态（Passive Voice）。[www.61k.com）当主语为动作的执行者时，谓语的形式为主动语态；当主语为动作的承受者时，谓语要用被动语态。例如：

Many people speak English.（主动语态，句子的主语many people是动作speak

的执行者）

English is spoken by many people.（被动语态，句子的主语English是动作speak

的承受者）

Bell invented the telephone in 1876.（主动语态）

The telephone was invented by Bell in 1876.（被动语态） 2) 被动语态的极成

被动语态由“助动词be ＋及物动词的过去分词”极成。助动词be 有动

词

人

称

、

为

例

数，

和时态的变化，其变化规则与be 作为连系动词时完全一样。现以

ask

将一般现在时和一般过去时被动语态的肯定式、否定式及疑问式列表如下：

肯定式

一般现在时

否定式

疑问式

一般过去时

I am asked …

He/She is asked … We/You are asked … They are asked … I was asked …

He/She was asked … We/You were asked … They were asked …

I am not asked …

He/She is not asked … We/You are not asked … They are not asked …

Am I asked …? Is he/she asked …? Are we/you asked …? Are they asked …? Was I asked …?

Was he/she asked …? Were we/you asked …? Were they asked …?

I was not asked …

He/She was not asked … We/You were not asked … They were not asked …

3) 含有情态动词的被动语态

含有情态动词的被动语态由“情态动词＋be ＋及物动词的过去如：

分

词

”

极

成

。

例

Teenagers should be allowed to make their own decisions.

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Grammar

Your room must be cleaned every day.

The trees may be planted behind the house. This

game can be played in the winter.

4) 被动语态的用法

当我们不知道谁是动作的执行者，或者没有必要说明谁是动作的执行者，或者只需强调动作的承受者时，要用被动语态。(www.61k.com]例如：

The blouse is made of silk.

The zipper is often used in our daily lives.

I think the TV was invented after the car.

被动语态常用于陈述事实，一般用在科技文章或新闻报道中。 *2. 过去完成时（Past Perfect Tense）

1) 过去完成时的极成

过去完成时由“助动词had（用于各种人称和数）＋过去分词”极成。 2) 过去完成时的用法

用法

过去完成时表示在过去某一时间

或动作

之前已经发生或完成了的动作。

它表示

动作发生的时间是“过去的过

去”。表示

过去某一时间可用by, before等极

成的短语，也可用when, before等

引导的从句，或者通过上下文表

示。例句 By the time I got outside, the bus had already left. When I got to school, I realized I had left my backpack at home. The movie had started before I arrived at the cinema. By the time I got to the airport, my flight had already taken off.

注：had not 常简略为hadn’t。

3. 情态动词（Modal Verbs）

很多情态动词都可以用于表达推测，但所包含的意义不尽相同。

1) must

must表示很大的可能性，意为“一定；必定”，只用于肯定句中。 The backpack must belong to Carla. 那个背包肯定是卡拉的。

It’s 10:00 p.m. He must be at home by now. 现在是晚上十点。他这会儿肯定在家。

2) can和can’t

can常用于否定句或疑问句中表示惊异、怀疑、不相信等。can’t表示“不大可能”。例如：

Can it be true? 那可能是真的吗？

What can he mean? 他可能是什么意思呢？

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Grammar

He can’t be more than 40. 他不可能超过四十岁。[www.61k.com］

I trust Joe. He can’t be lying. 我信仸乔。他不大可能说谎。

除了上述情态动词以外，may, might, could都能表示“可能”。could,

might语气更委婉，might语气最为缓和，含义更不确定。例如： She looks beautiful. I think she may be an actress. 她看起来很漂亮。我觉得她可

能是个演员。

It could be Mei’s hair band. Or it might belong to Linda. They both have long

hair. 这有可能是梅的发带，也有可能是琳达的。她们俩都是长发。

II. 宾语从句（Objective Clauses）

在复合句中，由一个句子充当宾语，这个句子叫做宾语从句。宾语从句由“关联词 +主语 +谓语”极成。引导宾语从句的常见关联词有that, if, whether,

what, who, where, why和 how等。

从句原形陈述句

一般疑问句

特殊疑问句

关联词

例句

that（在口语或非

正式文体中常省略）

I think (that) Halloween is a fun festival.

Mary thinks (that) the teams were just fantastic. Many think (that) sharks are too strong to be endangered.

I wonder if/whether they’ll have the races again next

whether, if（在口语

中常用if）

year.

Ben wonders if/whether April is a good time to visit Thailand.

who, what, which, when, where, how, why

Could you please tell me where the restrooms are? Do

you know when the bookstore closes today? I asked

Candy how life was different after she became famous.

Can you tell me who she is?

III. 定语从句（Attributive Clauses）

在复合句中，修饰某一名词或代词的从句叫做定语从句。定语从句通常置于它修饰的名词或代词之后，被修饰的名词或代词叫先行词。例如：

I like music that I can dance to.

Carmen likes musicians who play different kinds of music.

上面两句中的music和musicians 是定语从句所修饰的词，叫作先行词，定

语

从

句

放

在先行词的后面。引导定语从句的词有关系代词that, which, who（宾格

whom，所有格

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Grammar

whose）和关系副词where, when, why。(www.61k.com）关系代词和关系副词放在先行词和定语从句之间，起联系作用，同时又作定语从句的一个成分。

由关系代词引导的定语从句：

关系代

词

指

物例句 I love movies that are funny. （作主语） that在从句中

作主语或宾

语

（作宾语）指

物

指

人 April Fool’s Day is a celebration that takes place in different countries around the world.（作主语） Everything (that) you learn becomes a part of you and changes you. which 在从句中作主语或宾

语 The book which is on the table is mine.（作主语） The story (which) he told was very interesting.（作宾语） I’d like to congratulate all the students who are here today.（作主语） I love singers who write their own music. (作主语） The person to whom you just spoke is Mr. Li.（作宾语）

who, whom在从

句中分别作

主语

和宾语

注：关系代词在句中作宾语时常可省略。

IV. 极词法（Word Formation）

英语中很多单词的极成形式是有规律的，掌握单词的极成规律有助于理解和记忆词汇。英语的常见极词法有合成（Compounding）、派生（Derivation）和转化（Conversion）。缩写和简写（Abbreviation and Simplification）也是极词法的一种。

1. 合成法（Compounding）

由两个或两个以上的词合成一个新词，这种极词法叫做合成法。例如：复合名词 classroom（名词＋名词） blackboard（形容词＋名词）

复合形容词 worldwide（名词＋形容词） good-looking（形容词＋

分词）复合动词 overcome（副词＋动词）

复合数词 fifty-four（数词＋数词）

复合代词 everything, somebody, anything, nobody（不定代词＋名词）

复合副词 downstairs（副词＋名词） whole-heartedly（形容词＋副词） 2. 派生法（Derivation）

在一个单词前面或后面加上一个词缀极成新词，这种极词法叫做派生法。加在单词前的词缀叫前缀，加在后面的词缀叫后缀。

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

-ly （副词或形容词后缀） 3. 转化法（Conversion）

一个单词由一种词类转换为另一种词类，这种极词法叫转化法。［www.61k.com）单词转化后的意义往往与之前的意义联系密切。

名词转化为动词 show n. 展览；展示→ show v. 表演；展出

water n. 水 → water v. 浇水

形容词转化为动词 slow adj. 慢的 → slow v. 放慢

动词转化为名词 walk v. 散步；走 → take a walk n. 散步

look v. 看 → have a look n. 看一下，看一看

4. 缩写和简写（Abbreviation and Simplification）

缩写和简写（也被称为截断法或缩短法）主要采取“截头”、“去尾”或者“既截头又去尾”的方法来生成新词。例如：

telephone → phone mathematics → math influenza → flu

airplane → plane advertisement → ad laboratory → lab examination → exam

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

另外还有很多缩写词是由各个单词的首字母组成，例如： CD (compact disk)

CCTV (China Central Television)

kg (kilogram)

NBA (National Basketball Association) UFO

(unidentified flying object)

UN (United Nations)

ID (identification)

USA (United States of America)

WWF (World Wide Fund for Nature or World Wildlife Fund)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Words and Expressions in Each Unit

（注：在本词表中，重点词汇用黑体标出。[www.61k.com]

在英式和美式发音有区别时，英式发音在前，美式发音在后。）

Unit 1

textbook // n. 教科书；课本 p.1 conversation //,

// n. 交谈；谈话 p.2 aloud // adv. 大声地；出声地 p.2 pronunciation // n.

发音；读音 p.2 sentence // n.句子 p.2 patient // adj.有耐心的

n.病人

p.2

expression // n.

表达（方式）；表示

p.3

discover // v. 发现；发觉 p.3 secret // n. 秘密；秘诀

adj. 秘密的；保密的 p.3 fall in love with 爱上；与??相爱 p.3 / n.语法 p.3 repeat // v.重复；重做 p.4 note /n@Ut/ n.笔记；记录

v. 注意；指出 p.4 pal /p{l/ n. 朋友；伙伴 p.4 p{tn/, //

n. 模式；方式 p.4 fIzIks/ n. 物理；物理学 p.4 / n.化学 p.4 partner // n. 搭档；同伴 p.5 pronounce // v.发音 p.5 increase // v. 增加；增长 p.5

speed /spi:d/ n. 速度 p.5 ability // n.能力；才能 p.6 brain /breIn/ n. 大脑 p.6 {ktIv/ adj. 活跃的；积枀的 p.6 a ention // n. 注意；关注 p.6 pay attention to 注意；关注 p.6 connect // v.

（使）连接；与??有联系 p.6 connect … with

把??和??连接或联系起来 p.6

overnight / @Uv@(r)naIt/

adv. 间；在夜间 p.6 review //回顾；复习 p.6 knowledge /nQlIdZ/, /nA:lIdZ/ n.

知；学问 p.6 wisely /waIzli/ adv. 明智地；聪明地 p.6 Annie // p.2 / {lIgz{nd@r/ Graham /greI@m/ Bell /bel/

亚历山大 · 格雷厄姆 · 贝尔 p.6

Unit 2

lantern // n. 灯笼 p.9 streIndZ@(r)/ n. 陌生人 p.10 relative /rel@tIv/ n.亲属；亲戚 p.10 put on 增加（体重）；发胖 p.10 pound /paUnd/ n.磅（重量单位）；英镑（英国货币单 p.10

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Words and Expressions in Each Unit folk /f@Uk/ adj.民间的；民俗的 p.11 goddess /gQdes/, /gA:d@s/ n. 女神 p.11 steal /sti:l/ v. (stole /st@Ul/,

stolen /st@Ul@n/)偷；窃取 p.11 lay /leI/ v. (laid /leId/, laid)

放置；安放；产（卵）；下（蛋） p.11

lay out 摆开；布置 p.11 dessert /dI"z3:(r)t/ n.（饭后）甜点；甜食 p.11 garden /gA:(r)dn/ n. 花园；园子 p.11 admire /@dmaI@(r)/ v. 欣赏；仰慕 p.11 tie /taI/ n. 领带 v. 捆；束 p.12 haunted /hO:ntId/ adj.有鬼魂出没的；闹鬼的 p.13 ghost /g@Ust/ n. 鬼；鬼魂 p.13 trick /trIk/ n. 花招；把戏 p.13 treat /tri:t/ n. 款待；招待

v.招待；请（客） p.13 spider /spaId@(r)/ n. 蜘蛛 p.13 Christmas /krIsm@s/n. 圣诞节 p.14 fool /fu:l/ n. 蠢人；傻瓜 v. 愚弄 adj. 愚蠢的 p.14 lie /laI/ v. (lay /leI/, lain /leIn/)

平躺；处于 p.14 novel /nQvl/, /nA:vl/ n.

（长篇）小说 p.14 eve /i:v/ n.（尤指宗教节假日的）前夕

前夜； p.14 dead /ded/ adj. 死的；失去生命的 p.14

business /bIzn@s/ n. 生意；商业 p.14 punish /pVnIS/ v. 处罚；惩罚 p.14 warn /wO:(r)n/ v. 警告；告诫 p.14 present /preznt/ n. 现在；礼物 adj. 现在的 p.14

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

nobody /n@Ub@di/, /n@UbA:di/

spread /spred/ v. 传播；展开 n.蔓延；传播 p.14

Macao /m@kaU/ 澳门 p.10 Chiang Mai /tSi {NmaI/, /dZA:NmaI/ p.18

清迈（泰国城市） p.10 Halloween /h{l@Ui:n/ 万圣节前夕 p.13

St. /seInts /v{l@ntaInz/ Day 情人节

p.14

Clara /klA:r@/, /kler@/克拉拉（女名）p.10 Santa /s{nt@/ Claus /klO:z/

圣诞老人 p.14 Charles /tSA:(r)lz/ Dickens /dIkInz/ 查尔斯 · 狄更斯（英国作家） p.14

Scrooge /skru:dZ/ 鲁奇

n.（非正式）吝啬鬼 p.14 Jacob /dZeIk@b/ Marley /mA:(r)li/

雅各布 · 马利 p.14

Unit 3

restroom /restru:m/ n.

（美）洗手间；公共厕所 p.17 stamp /st{mp/ n. 邮票；印章 p.17 bookstore /bUkstO:(r)/ n. 书店 p.17 postcard /p@UstkA:(r)d/ n. 明信片 p.18 pardon /interj.

请再说对不起 p.18

washroom //, /wA:Sru:m/ n. 洗手间；厕所 p.18

bathroom //, /b{Tru:m/ n. 浴室；洗手间

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

中央的 p.20 mail /meIl/ v. 邮寄；发电子邮件 n. 邮件；信件 p.20 east /i:st/ adj. 东方的；东部的

adv. 向东；朝东 n. 东；东方 p.20 / adj.

迷人的；枀有吸引力的 p.21 convenient // adj.

便利的；方便的 p.21 mall /mO:l/ n. 商场；购物中心 p.21 clerk /klA:k/, /kl3:rk/ n. 职员 p.21 corner // n. 拐角；角落 p.21 polite // adj. 有礼貌的；

客气的 p.22 politely // adv. 礼貌地；

客气地 p.22 speaker // n.

讲（某种语言）的人；发言者p.22 request /rIkwest/ n. 要求；请求 p.22 choice // n. 选择选 p.22 direction /d@rekSn, daIrekSn/ n. p.22 correct /k@rekt/ adj. 正确的； p.22 direct /d@rekt, daIrekt/ adj. 直接的；直率的 p.22

whom /hu:m/ pron. 谁；什么人 p.22 address / {dres/ n. 住址；

地址；通讯处 p.22 feITf@li/ adv. 忠实地；

忠诚地 p.24 It{li@n/ adj. 意大利（人）的； n. 意大利人；意大利语 p.20 kevIn/凯文（男名） p.20 Tim /tIm/蒂姆（男名）

p.20

Unit 4

humorous // adj.

有幽默感的；滑稽有趣的 p.26

/ adj.不说话的；

沉默的 p.26

helpful helpfl/adj. 有用的；

有帮助的

p.26

from time to time 时常；有时 p.26 score /skO:(r)/ n. & v. 得分；打分 p.26 background // n. 背景 p.27 Int@(r)vju:/ v. 采访；面试 n. 面试；访谈 p.27 Asian /eIZn/ adj. 亚洲的；亚洲人的 n. 亚洲人 p.27

deal with 对付；应付 p.27 dare /de@/, /der/ v. 敢于；胆敢 p.27 private // adj. 私人的；私密的 p.27 guard /gA:(r)d/ n. 警卫；看守

v. 守卫；保卫 p.27 require // v. 需要；要求 p.27

European // adj. 欧洲的；欧洲人的 p.28

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

n. 考试；审查 p.30 boarding // school

寄宿学校 p.30 in person 亲身；亲自 p.30 exactly // adv. 确切地；

精确地 p.30 pride /praId/ n. 自豪；骄傲 p.30 take pride in 为??感到自豪 p.30 gr{nsVn/ n. 孙子；外孙 p.31 general // adj. 普遍的；常规的；总的 n. 将军 p.32 introduction // n. 介绍 p.32

pO:l@/ 葆拉（女名） p.26 / {lfrId/艾尔弗雷德（男名） Billy // 比利（男名） p.26 k{ndi/ 坎迪（女名） p.27 Jerry /dZeri/ 杰里（男名）；

杰（女名） p.28 Emily /emIli/ 埃米莉（女名） p.28

Unit 5

// n. 材料；原料 p.33

chopstick //, // n. 筷子 p.33 coin /kOIn/ n. 硬币 p.33 fork /fO:(r)k/ n. 餐叉；叉子 p.33 blouse /blaUz/, /blaUs/ n. （女式）短上衣；衬衫 p.33 silver sIlv@(r)/ n. 银；银器 adj. 银色的 p.33 glass /glA:s/, /gl{s/ n. 玻璃 p.33 co on //, /"kA:tn/ n. 棉；棉花 p.33 steel /sti:l/ n. 钢；钢铁 p.33 grass /grA:s/, /gr{s/ n. 草；草地 p.34 leaf /li:f/ n.（ pl. leaves /li:vz/）叶；叶子 p.34 produce //, // v. 生产；制造；出产 p.34 widely waIdli/ adv. 广泛地；普遍地 p.34 process //, // v. 加工；处理 p.34 France /frA:ns/, /fr{ns/ 法国 p.35 no matter 不论；无论 p.35 local l@Ukl/ adj. 当地的；本地的 p.35 even though 虽然；即使 p.35 brand /br{nd/ n. 品牌；牌子 p.35 avoid // v. 避免；回避 p.35 product //, // n. 产品；制品 p.35 handbag/h{ndb{g/ n. 小手提包 p.35 mobile //, // adj. 可移动的；非固定的 p.35 Germany //德国 p.36 surface s3:(r)fIs/ n. 表面；表层 p.36

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

postman // n. 邮递员 p.36 cap /k{p/ n.（尤指有帽舌的）帽子 p.36 project //, // n.

项目；工程

p.42

glove /glVv/ n.（分手指的）手套 p.36 international //

adj. 国际的 p.37 competitor // n.

参赛者；竞争者 p.37 paint /peInt/ v. 用颜料画；刷漆 p.37 its /Its/ adj. 它的 p.38 form /fO:(r)m/ n. 形式；类型 p.38 clay /kleI/ n. 黏土；陶土 p.38 balloon // n. 气球 p.38 scissors // n. (pl.) 剪刀 p.38 lively laIvli/ adj. 生气勃勃的；（色彩）鲜艳的 p.38 feri/ tale /teIl/

童话故事 p.38 heat /hi:t/ n. 热；高温 p.38 polish //, // v.

磨光；修改；润色 p.38 complete // v. 完成 p.38

Korea // 朝鲜；韩国 p.33 Switzerland // 瑞士 p.35 San Francisco / / 圣弗朗西斯科（旧金山，美国城市） p.35 Pam /p{m/ 帕姆（女名） p.34 Unit 6

heel /hi:l/ n. 鞋跟；足跟 p.42 electricity // n. 电；电能 p.42 scoop /sku:p/ n. 勺；铲子 p.42 style /staIl/ n. 样式；款式 p.42 pleasure / n. 高兴；愉快 p.42 zipper // n. (= zip) 拉链；

拉锁 p.42 deIli/ adj. 每日的；日常的 p.42 / n. 网站 p.42 pioneer //, // n.

先锋；先驱 p.42 list /lIst/ v. 列表；列清单

n. 名单；清单 p.42 / v. 提到；说到 p.42 by accident 偶然；意外地 p.43 nearly //, nIrli/ adv. 几乎；

差不多 p.43 boil /bOIl/ v. 煮沸；烧开 p.43 smell /smel/ n. 气味

v. 发出??气味；闻到 p.43 saint /seInt/ n. 圣人；圣徒 p.43 take place 发生；出现 p.43 doubt /daUt/ n. 疑惑；疑问 v. 怀疑 p.43

without doubt 毫无疑问；的确 p.43 fridge /frIdZ/冰箱 p.44 translate /tr{nsleIt/ v. 翻译 p.44

lock /lQk/, // v. 锁上；锁住 p.44 / 3:(r)TkweIk/n. 地震 p.44 sudden /sVd@n/ adj. 突然（的） p.44 突然；猛地 p.44 biscuit bIskIt/ n. 饼干 p.44

cookie // n. 曲奇饼 p.44 instrument /Instr@ment/ n. 器械；仪 p.44 /krIspi/ adj. 脆的；酥脆的 p.45

sour /saU@(r)/ adj. 酸的；

有酸味的 p.45 by mistake 错误p.45

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Words and Expressions in Each Unit

unit /ju:nIt/ n. 单位；单元 p.52 pocket /pQkIt/, /pA:kIt/ n. 衣袋；

口袋 p.60

p.61 get in the way of 挡??的路；妨碍 p.54 alien /eIli@n/ n. 外星人

suit /sju:t/, /su:t/ n. 西服；套装 p.61 professional /pr@feS@nl/ adj.

职业的；专业的 p.54 express /Ikspres/ v. 表示；表达 p.62 enter /ent@(r)/ v. 进来；进去 p.54 not only … but also 不但??而且 p.62 support /s@pO:(r)t/ v. & n. 支持 p.54 circle /s3:(r)kl/ n. 圆圈 v. 圈出 p.62

Britain /brItn/ n. (= Great Britain)

大不列颠 p.62 Picasso /pIk{s@U/, /pIkA:s@U/ receive /rIsi:v/ v. 接受；收到 p.62 毕加索（西班牙画家） p.50 leader /li:d@(r)/ n. 领导；领袖 p.62

midsummer /mIdsVm@(r)/ n. Unit 8 仲夏；中夏 p.62 truck /trVk/ n. 卡车；货车 p.57 medical /medIkl/ adj. 医疗的； rabbit /r{bIt/ n. 兔；野兔 p.57 医学的 p.62 whose /hu:z/ adj. & pron. 谁的； prevent /prIvent/ v. 阻止；阻挠 p.62 （特指）那个人的 p.57 energy /en@(r)dZi/ n. 精力；力量 p.62 a end /@tend/ v. 出席；参加 p.58 position /p@zISn/ n. 位置；地方 p.62 valuable /v{lju@bl/ adj. 很有用的； burial /beri@l/ n. 埋葬；安葬 p.62 宝贵的 p.58 honor /Qn@/, /A:n@r/ v. (= honour) pink /pINk/ adj. 粉红色的尊重；表示敬意 n. 荣幸 p.62 n. 粉红色 p.58 ancestor / {nsest@(r)/ n. 祖宗；祖先 p.62

picnic /pIknIk/ n. 野餐 p.58 victory /vIkt@ri/ n. 胜利；成功 p.62 somebody /sVmb@di/, /sVmbA:di/ enemy /en@mi/ n. 敌人；仇人 p.62 pron. 某人；重要人物 p.58 period /pI@ri@d/ n. 一段时间；时期 anybody /enib@di/, /enibA:di/ p.62 pron. 仸何人 p.58 mystery /mIstri/ n. 奥秘；神秘事物 noise /nOIz/ n.声音；噪音 p.59 p.64 policeman /p@li:sm@n/ n. 男警察 p.59 educate /edZukeIt/ v. 教育；教导 p.52 wolf /wUlf/ n. 狼

n. 实验室

coat /k@Ut/ n. 外套；外衣 p.59 p.60 p.60 Stonehenge /st@UnhendZ/ 巨石阵 p.62 laboratory /l@bQr@tri/, /l{br@tO:ri/ Carla /kA:(r)l@/ 卡拉（女名） p.57 J. K. Rowling /r@UlIN/

J. K. 罗琳（英国作家） p.57 sleepy /sli:pi/ adj. 困倦的；瞌睡的 p.60

Victor /vIkt@(r)/ 维克托（男名） p.59 Jean /dZi:n/琼（女名） p.60

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

特地；格外努力 p.78

使（某人）感到宾至如归 p.78

granddaughter // n.

（外）孙女

p.78 behave // v. 表现；举止

p.78 except // prep. 除??之外 conj. 除了；只是

p.78 elb@U/ n. 肘；胳膊 p.78 gr{dZu@li/

adv. 逐步地；渐进地 p.78 suggestion // n. 建议

p.80

Brazil // 巴西 p.73 / 墨西哥 p.73 kA:li/ 卡利（哥伦比亚城市） p.75 Colombia //

哥伦比亚（南美洲国家） p.75 Lausanne //, //

洛桑（瑞士城市） p.75 nO:(r)weI/ 挪威 p.76 Maria // 玛丽亚（女名） p.74 keIti/ 凯蒂（女名） p.74 sA:tQ/ 佐藤（日本姓氏） p.74 Marie //

玛丽（女名）；马里（男名） p.74

Teresa //, //

Lopez /l@Upez/特蕾莎 · 洛佩斯 p.75 Marc /mA:(r)kl@blA:N/

马克 · 勒布朗 p.75

Unit 11

the more … the more 越??越?? ；愈??愈?? p.82

leave out 不包括；不提及；忽略 p.82

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

n. 勇敢；勇气 p.86 rather /r{D@r/ adv. 宁愿；

相当 p.86 rather than 而不是 p.86 pull /pUl/ v. 拉；拖 p.86 pull together 齐心协力；通力合作 p.86 relief // n. 轻松；解脱 p.86 nod /nQd/, /nA:d/ v. 点头 p.86

disappoint /dIs@pOInt/ v. 使失望 p.87 Bert /伯特（男名） p.82 Holly /hQli/, /hA:li/ 霍莉（女名） p.84 Unit 12 backpack /b{kp{k/ n. 背包； p.89 oversleep /v. (overslept /@Uv@(r)slept/, overslept) 睡过头；睡得太久 p.89 give ... a lift 捎（某人）一程 p.90 miss /mIs/；未得到 p.91 unexpected /VnIkspektId/ adj. 出乎意料的；始料不及的 p.91 block //, /blA:k/ n. 街区 p.91 worker /w3:(r)k@(r)/ n. 工作者；工人 p.91 stare //, // v. 盯着看；凝视 p.91 dIsbIli:f/ n. 不信；怀疑 p.91 above /@bVv/ adv. 在上面；向上面 prep. 在??上面 p.91 burn /b3:(r)n/ v. (burnt /b3:(r)nt/, burned /b3:(r)nd/; 着火；燃烧 p.91 alive /@laIv/adj. 活着；有生气的 p.91 take off （飞机等）起飞；匆忙离开 p.91 till /tIl/ conj. & prep. 到；直到 p.91 west /west/ adv. 向西；朝西 adj. 向西的；西部的 n. 西；西方 p.91

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

cream /kri:m/ n. 奶油；乳脂 p.92 boss/bQs/, /bO:s/ n. 老板；领导 p.92 pie /paI/ n. 果馅饼；果馅派 p.92 course /kO:(r)s/ n. 课程 p.92 bean /bi:n/ n. 豆；豆荚 p.92 mA:(r)kIt/ n. 市场；集市 p.92 costume //, // n.

服装；装束 p.93 embarrassed // adj. 窘迫的；害羞的 p.93 announce // v. 宣布；宣告 p.94 spaghetti // n. 意大利面条 p.94

hoax /h@Uks/ n. 骗局；恶作剧 p.94 discovery // n. 发现；发觉 p.94

leIdi/ n. 女士；女子 p.94 o cer //, // n. 军官；官员 p.94 believable // adj. 可相信的；可信仸的 p.95 embarrassing // adj.

使人害羞的（难堪的或惭愧的）p.95

nju:zi:l@nd/ 新西兰 p.91

Italy /It@li/ 意大利 p.94

Mars /mA:(r)z/ 火星 p.94 Carl // 卡尔（男名） p.90 Orson /O:(r)s@n/ Welles /welz/

奥森 · 韦尔斯 p.94 Unit 13

li er /lIt@(r)/ v. 乱扔

n. 垃圾；废弃物 p.97 bo om //, //n.

底部；最下部

p.97 sherman // n. 渔民；

钓鱼的人

p.97 coal /k@Ul/ n. 煤；煤块

p.98

pVblIk/ adj. 公众的；公共的

n. 民众；百姓 p.98

Vgli/ adj. 丑陋的；难看的 p.98 advantage //, /@dv{ntIdZ/

n. 优点；有利条件 p.98 cost /kQst/, /kO:st/ v. 花费

n. 花费；价钱 p.98 wooden wUdn/ adj. 木制的；木头的 p.98 pl{stIk/ adj. 塑料的

n. 塑料；塑胶 p.98 make a difference 有关系，作用，影响 p.98

shark /SA:(r)k/ n. 鲨鱼 p.99 fin /fIn/ n.（鱼）鳍 p.99

cut off 割掉；砍掉 p.99

method // n. 方法；措施 p.99 cruel // adj. 残酷的；

残忍的 p.99 hA:(r)mfl/ adj. 有害的 p.99 chain /tSeIn/ n. 链子；链条 p.99

ecosystem // n. 生态系统 p.99 low /l@U/ adj.（数量等）减少的；低的；矮的 p.99 industry // n. 工业；行业 p.99

law /lO:/ n. 法律；法规 p.99 reusable // adj. 可重复使用的；可再次使用的

p.100 a ord /@fO:(r)d/ v. 承担得起（后果）；买得起 p.100

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

transportation // n.

运输业；交通运输 p.100 / v. 回收利用；再利用 p.101 n{pkIn/ n. 餐巾；餐巾纸 p.101 instruction // n. 指示；命令 p.106 dVbl/ v. 加倍；是??的两倍 adj. 两倍的；加倍的 p.106 shall /S{l, S@l/ modal v. 将要；将会 p.106 upside down 颠倒；倒转 p.102 gate /geIt/ n. 大门 p.102 bo le //, // n. 瓶；瓶子 p.102 president // n. 负责人；主席；总统 p.102 inspiration // n. 灱感；鼓舞人心的人（或事物） metal // n. p.102 creativity /kri:eItIv@ti/ n. 创造力；独创性 p.102

WildAid /waIldeId/

野生救援协会（美国） p.99 WWF (World Wide Fund For Nature)

世界自然基金会 p.99

mA:(r)k/ 马克（男名） p.97 Jason /dZeIs@n/贾森（男名） p.98 Ken /ken/ 肯（男名） p.100 heIz/ 海斯（姓） p.102 Jessica /dZesIk@/ 杰茜卡（女名） p.102

Unit 14

survey // n. 调查 p.105 standard /st{nd@(r)d/

n. 标准；水平 p.105 row /r@U/ n. 一排；一列；一行 p.105 in a row 几次地 p.105 keyboard /ki:bO:(r)d/ n. 琴键； p.105

overcome /m/ v. (overcame //, overcome) 克服；战胜 p.107 make a mess 弄得一团糟，一塌糊涂 p.107 gr{dZueIt/ v. 毕业；获得学位 p.107 keep one’s cool 沉住气；保持冷静 ours // pron. 我们的 p.107 senior /si:ni@(r)/ adj. 级别（或地位）高的 p.108 senior high (school) 高中 p.108 text // n. 课文；文本 p.108 level // n. 标准；水平 p.108 degree /dIgri:/ n.（大学）学位； p.109 manager /m{nIdZ@(r)/ n. 经理；经营者 p.109 believe in 赖 p.109 gentleman // n. 先生 p.110 gr{dZueISn n. 毕业 p.110 ceremony /ser@m@ni/, /ser@m@Uni/ n. 典礼；仪 p.110 congratulate /k@ngr{tSuleIt/ v. 祝 p.110 thirsty /T3:(r)sti/ adj. 口渴的；渴望的 p.110 none /nVn/ pron. 没有一个；毫无 p.110 task /tA:sk/, /t{sk/ n. 仸务；工作 p.110 ahead /@hed/ adv. 向前面；在前面

p.110

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

responsible //,

//adj.

承担责仸；有责仸 wing /wIN/ n. 翅膀；翼 p.110 p.111 be responsible for 对??有责仸；

负责仸 p.110 separate // adj. 单独的；分离的 v. 分开；分离 braI@n/ 布赖恩（男名） p.106 Luke /lu:k/ 卢克（男名） p.106 grIfIn/ 格里芬（姓） p.106 Trent /trent/ 特伦特（姓） p.108 p.110

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

（注：在本此表中，重点词汇用黑体标出。（www.61k.com)

在英式发音和美式发音有区别时，英式发音在前，美式发音在后。） Vocabulary Index

ability // n.能力；才能 p.6

above // adv. 在上面；向上面

prep. 在??上面 p.91

absent // adj. 缺席；不在 p.30

{ktIv/ adj. 活跃的；积枀的 p.6

address / {dres/ n. 住址；

地址；通讯处 p.22

admire // v. 欣赏；仰慕 p.11

advantage //, //

n. 优点；有利条件 p.98

a ord // v. 承担得起（后

果）；买得起 p.100

agreement // n.

（意见或看法）一致；同意

p.86

/@hed/ adv. 向前面；在前面

p.110

alien /eIli@n/ n. 外星人 p.61

alive //adj. 活着；有生气的 p.91

突然；猛地 p.44

aloud /@laUd/ adv. 大声地；出声地 p.2

@meIzIN/ adj. 令人惊奇的；

p.70

ancestor / {nsest@(r)/ n. 祖宗；祖先 p.62

@naUns/ p.94

ant /{nt/ n. 蚂蚁 p.29

/, /enibA:di/

pron. 仸何人 p.58

Asian, eIZn/ adj. 亚洲的；

亚 n. 亚洲人 p.27

a end // v. 出席；参加 p.58 a ention // n. 注意；关注 p.6 Australian / / adj. 澳大利亚的；澳大利亚人的 n. 澳大利亚人 p.66 avoid // v. 避免；回避 p.35 awful O:fl/ adj. 很坏的；讨厌的 p.51 B b{kgraUnd/ n. 背景 p.27 b{kp{k/ n. 背包；旅行包 p.89 balloon // n. 气球 p.38 basic /beIsIk/ adj. 基本的；基础的 p.78 /, /b{skIt/ n. 篮；筐 p.46 bathroom // n. 浴室；洗手间 p.18 be proud of 为??骄傲；感到自豪 p.30 be responsible for 对??有责仸；负责仸 p.110 bean /bi:n/ n. 豆；豆荚 p.92 bedroom // n. 卧室 p.52 behave // v. 表现；举止 p.78 believable // adj. 可相信的；可信仸的 p.95 believe in 信仸；信赖 p.109 biscuit / n. 饼干 p.44

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

/ n. 黑板 p.76 block /blQk/, /blA:k/ n. 街区 p.91 blouse /blaUz/, /blaUs/ n.

（女式）短上衣；衬衫 p.33 bo le //, // n. 瓶；瓶子 p.102 boarding // school

寄宿学校

p.30

boil /bOIl/ v. 煮沸；烧开 p.43 bookstore // n. 书店 p.17 boss/bQs/, /bO:s/ n. 老板；领导 p.92 bo om //, //n.

底部；最下部 p.97 bow /baU/ v. 鞠躬 p.73 brain /breIn/ n. 大脑 p.6 brand /br{nd/ n. 品牌；牌子 p.35 Britain // n. (= Great Britain)

大不列颠 p.62 British // adj. 英国的；

英国人的

p.28 beri@l/ n. 埋葬；安葬 p.62 burn /b3:(r)n/ v. (burnt /b3:(r)nt/, burned /b3:(r)nd/;

burnt, burned) 着火；燃烧 p.91 business // n. 生意；商业 p.14 by accident 偶然；意外地 p.43 by mistake 错误地；无意中 p.45

Canadian // adj. 加拿大的；加拿大人的 n. 加拿大人 p.46 k{nsl/ v. 取消；终止 p.84

cap /k{p/ n.（尤指有帽舌的）帽子p.36

capital /k{pItl/ n. 首都；国都 p.75 case /keIs/ n. 情况；实情 p.66

central // adj.中心的；

中央的

p.20

ceremony //, // n. 典礼；仪式 p.110 chain /tSeIn/ n. 链子；链条 p.99 chalk /tSO:k/ n. 粉笔 p.76 chance /tSA:ns/, /tS{ns/ n. 机会；

可能性 p.52 kemIstri/ n.化学 p.4 choice /tSOIs/ n. 选择；挑选 p.22 chopstick //, // n.

筷子

p.33 Christmas //n. 圣诞节 p.14 s3:(r)kl/ n. 圆圈 v. 圈出

p.62

clay /kleI/ n. 黏土；陶土 p.38 clerk /klA:k/, /kl3:rk/ n. 职员 p.21 coach /k@UtS/ n. 教练；私人教师 p.86 coal /k@Ul/ n. 煤；煤块 p.98 coast /k@Ust/ n. 海岸；海滨 p.76 coat /k@Ut/ n. 外套；外衣 p.60 coin /kOIn/ n. 硬币 p.33 community // n. 社区；

社团 p.52 competitor // n.

参赛者；竞争者 p.37 complete // v. 完成 p.38 congratulate // v.

祝贺

p.110

connect … with

把??和??连接或联系起来p.6

connect /k@nekt/ v.

（使）连??有联系 p.6 convenient /k@nvi:ni@nt/ adj.

便利的；方便的 p.21

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

deIli/ adj. 每日的；日常的 p.42 dare /de@/, /der/ v. 敢于；胆敢 p.27 dead /ded/ adj. 死的；失去生命的 p.14

对付；应付 p.27 degree /dIgri:/ n.（大学）学位；度数；程度 p.109 dessert /dI"z3:(r)t/ n.（饭后）甜点；甜食p.11 dialogue /daI@lQg/, /daI@lA:g/ n. 对话；对白 p.67

direction /, / n. 方向；方位 p.22 director / / n. 导演；部门负责人 p.66 disappoint // v. 使失望 p.87 / n. 不信；怀疑 p.91 discover // v. 发现；发觉 p.3 discovery // n. 发现；发觉 p.94 divide ... into 把??分开 p.46 divide // v. 分开；分散 p.46 /, // n. 纪录片 p.67 dVbl/ v. 加倍；是??的两倍 adj. 两倍的；加倍的 p.106 doubt /daUt/ n. 疑惑；疑问 v. 怀疑 p.43 drama /drA:m@/ n. 戏；剧 p.67 drop by 顺便访问；随便进入 p.75 E earring //, /IrIN/ n. 耳环；耳饰 p.50 earthquake / 3:(r)TkweIk/n. 地震 p.44 east /i:st/ adj. 东方的；东部的向东；朝东 n. 东；东方 p.20 eastern /i:st@(r)n/ adj. 东方的；东 p.76 ecosystem /i:k@UsIst@m/ n. 系统 p.99 /edZukeIt/ v. 教育；教导 p.52 elbow / n. 肘；胳膊 p.78 electricity // n. 电能 p.42 electronic /IlektrQnIk/, /IlektrA:nIk/ adj. 电子的；电子设备的 p.66

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

表达（方式）；表示 p.3 F

fail /feIl/ v. 失败；未能（做到） p.30 fairy //, /feri/ tale /teIl/

童话故事 p.38 faithfully /feITf@li/ adv. 忠实地；

忠诚地 p.24

sherman // n. 渔民；钓鱼的人

p.97 folk /f@Uk/ adj.民间的；民俗的 p.11

fool /fu:l/ n. 蠢人；傻瓜 v. 愚弄 adj. 愚蠢的 p.14 fork /fO:(r)k/ n. 餐叉；叉子 p.33 form /fO:(r)m/ n. 形式；类型 p.38

France /frA:ns/, /fr{ns/ 法国

p.35 fridge /frIdZ/ n. 冰箱 p.44 friendship // n. 友谊；友情 p.82

from time to time 时常；有时 p.26 G gA:(r)dn/ n. 花园；园子 p.11

gate /geIt/ n. 大门 p.102 general // adj. 普遍的；常规的；总的 n. 将军 p.32 gentleman // n. 先生 p.110 Germany //德国 p.36 get in the way of 挡??的路；妨碍 p.54 get mad 大动肝火；气愤 p.75

ghost /g@Ust/ n. 鬼；鬼魂 p.13 give ... a lift 捎（某人）一程 p.90 glass /glA:s/, /gl{s/ n. 玻璃 p.33

glove /glVv/ n.（分手指的）手套 p.36 go out of one’s way

特地；格外努力 p.78 goal /g@Ul/ n. 球门；射门；目标 p.86

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

in that case 既然那样；假使那样的话 p.66 in total 总计 p.70 Inkri:s/ v. 增加；增长 p.5 industry // n. 工业；行业 p.99 Influ@ns/ v. & n. 影响 p.30 insect //昆虫 p.29 inspiration /Insp@reISn/ n. 灱感； p.102 instruction // n. 指示；命令 p.106 instrument // n. 器械；仪器；工具 p.44 intelligent // adj. 有才智的；聪明的 p.68 Int@(r)n{Sn@l/ adj. 国际的 p.37 interview // v. 采访；面试 n. 面试；访谈 p.27 introduction /Intr@dVkSn/ n. 介绍 p.32 its /Its/ adj. 它的 p.38 K 避免接近；远离 p.52 keep one’s cool 沉住气；保持冷静 p.107 keyboard /ki:bO:(r)d/ n. 琴键；键盘 p.105

kick /kIk/ v. 踢；踹 p.86 king /kIN/ n. 君主；国王 p.83

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

知识；学问

p.6

laboratory //, //

n. 实验室 p.60 leIdi/ n. 女士；女子 p.94 / n. 灯笼 p.9 law /lO:/ n. 法律；法规 p.99 lay /leI/ v. (laid /leId/, laid) 放置；安放；产（卵）；下（蛋）p.11 摆开；布置 p.11 leader /li:d@(r)/ n. 领导；领袖 p.62 leaf /li:f/ n.（ pl. leaves /li:vz/）叶；叶子 p.34 leave 不包括；不提及；忽略p.82 lemon // n. 柠檬 p.84 level /levl/ n. 标准；水平 p.108 license /laIsns/n. (= licence) 证；证件 p.49 lie /laI/ v. (lay /leI/, lain /leIn/) 平躺；处于 p.14

li /lIft/ v. 举起；抬高 p.51 list // v. 列表；列清单

n. 名单；清单 p.42 li er // v. 乱扔 n. 垃圾；废弃物 p.97 lively/laIvli/ adj. 生气勃勃的；

（色彩）鲜艳的 p.38 local /l@Ukl/ adj. 当地的；本地的 p.35 lock /lQk/, /lA:k/ v. 锁上；锁住 p.44 look up to 钦佩；仰慕 p.46

low /l@U/ adj.（数量等）减少的；

低的；矮的

p.99 lIrIks/ n. (pl.) 歌词

p.65

mad /m{d/ adj. 很生气；疯的 p.75

mail /meIl/ v. 邮寄；发电子邮件

n. 邮件；信件

p.20 make ... feel at home 使（某人）感到宾至如归 p.78 make a difference 有关系，作用，影响 p.98

make a mess 弄得一团糟，一塌糊涂 p.107 make an effort 作出努力 p.75 make one’s own decision 自己做决定 p.52 mall // n. 商场；购物中心 p.21

manage /m{nIdZ/ v. 完成（困难的

事）应付（困难局面） p.52 manager /m{nIdZ@(r)/ n. 经理；者 p.109 manner /m{n@(r)/ n. 方式；方法 (pl. 礼貌；礼仪 p.76

mA:(r)kIt n. 市场；集市 p.92 master /mA:st@/, /m{st@r/

n. v. 掌握 p.70 material // n. 材料；原料 p.33

medical /medIkl/ adj. 医疗的； p.62 menSn/ v. 提到；说到 p.42

metal /metl/ p.102

midsummer /mIdsVm@(r)/ n. p.62 minister /mInIst@(r)/ n. 大臣；部长 p.83 miss /mIs/ v. 错过p.91

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

adj. 北方的；北部的 p.76 not only … but also 不但??而且 p.62 note /n@Ut/ n.笔记；记录

v. 注意；指出 p.4 novel //, // n. （长篇）小说 p.14

o cer //, // n.

军官；官员 p.94 ours // pron. 我们的 p.107 overcome /m/ v.

(overcame //, overcome) 克服；战胜 p.107 (overslept //, overslept) 睡过头；睡得太久 p.89 P pain /peIn/ n. 痛苦；苦恼 p.70 paint /peInt/ v. 用颜料画；刷漆 p.37 pal /p{l/ n. 朋友；伙伴 p.4 p{l@s/ n. 王宫；宫殿 p.83 pale /peIl/ adj. 苍白的；灰白的 p.83 pardon // interj. 请再说一遍；抱歉，对不起p.18 partner /n. 搭档；同伴 p.5 passport /pA:spO:t/, /p{spO:rt/ n. 照 p.76 patient /peISnt/ adj.有耐心的 n. p.2 pattern /p{tn/, /p{t@rn/ n. 模式；方式 p.4 注意；关注 p.6 perform /p@(r)fO:(r)m/ v. 表演；执 p.70 period // n. 一段时间；时期p.62 physics /fIzIks/ n. 物理；物理学 p.4 picnic /pIknIk/ n. 野餐 p.58 pie /paI/ n. 果馅饼；果馅派 p.92 pierce /pI@s/, /pIrs/ v. 扎；刺破；穿透 p.49 pink //粉 n. 粉红色 p.58 pioneer /paI@nI@/, /paI@nIr/ n.

先锋；先驱 p.42

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

私密的 p.27 produce //, // v. 生产；制造；出产 p.34 product //, // n. 产品；制品 p.35 professional // adj. 职业的；专业的 p.54 project //, // n. 项目；工程 p.42 pronounce // v.发音 p.5 pronunciation // n. 发音；读音 p.2 proud /praUd/ adj. 自豪的；骄傲的 p.30 public /pVblIk/ adj. 公众的；公共的 n. 民众；百姓 p.98 pull /pUl/ v. 拉；拖 p.86 齐心协力；通力合作 p.86 punish // v. 处罚；惩罚 p.14 purpose /p3:(r)p@s/ n. 目的；目标 p.46 put on 增加（体重）；发胖 p.10 Q queen /kwi:n/ n. 王后；女王 p.83 quick /kwIk/adj. 快的；迅速的 adv. 快速地；迅速地 p.18 R r{bIt/兔；野兔 p.57 rather /rA:D@/, /r{D@r/ adv. 宁愿；相当 p.86 而不是 p.86 recall // v. 回忆起；回想起 p.70 / v. 接受；收到 p.62 recycle /ri:saIkl/ v. 回收利用； p.101

re ect /rIflekt/ v. p.70

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

row /r@U/ n. 一排；一列；一行 p.105

rush /rVS/ v. & n. 仓促；急促 p.18

safety /seIfti/ n. 安全；安全性 p.49

saint // n. 圣人；圣徒 p.43

scissors /sIz@(r)z/ n. (pl.) 剪刀 p.38

scoop /sku:p/ n. 勺；铲子 p.42

score // n. & v. 得分；打分 p.26

si:zn/ n. 季；季节 p.76

secret /si:kr@t/ n. 秘密；秘诀

秘密的；保密的 p.3

seldom seld@m/ adv. 不常；很少 p.30

senior /si:ni@(r)/ adj. 级别（或地位）

高的 p.108

sense /sens/ v. 感觉到；意识到

n. 感；意识 p.70

sentence // n.句子 p.2

separate /sep@reIt/ adj. 单独的；

v. 分开；分离 p.110

shoulder // n. 肩；肩膀 p.86 shut /SVt/ v. (shut, shut) 关闭；关上 p.67 / adj.不说话的；沉默的 p.26 silver sIlv@(r)/ n. 银；银器 adj. 银色的 p.33 sleepy /sli:pi/ adj. 困倦的；瞌睡的 p.60 smell /smel/ n. 气味 v. 发出??气味；闻到 p.43 smoke /sm@Uk/ v. 冒烟；吸烟 n. 烟 p.49 smooth /smu:D/ adj. 平滑的；悦耳的 p.66 society // n. p.52 somebody /sVmb@di/, /sVmbA:di/ pron. p.58 somewhere /sVmwe@/, /sVmwer/ 在某处；到某处 p.75 sour // adj. 酸的；有酸味的 p.45 spaghetti /sp@geti/ n. 意大利面条 p.94 spare /spe@/, /sper/ adj. 空闲的； p.66 speaker /spi:k@(r)/ n. 讲（某种语言）的人；发言者 p.22 speech/spi:tS/ n. 讲话；发言 p.28 speed /spi:d/ n. 速度 p.5 spider /spaId@(r)/ n. 蜘蛛 p.13 spread /spred/ v. 传播；展开 n.蔓延；传播 p.14 staff /stA:f/, /st{f/ n. 管理人员；职工p.19 stamp /st{mp/ n. 邮票；印章 p.17 standard /st{nd@(r)d/ n. 标准；水平 p.105

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

take off （飞机等）起飞；匆忙离开 p.91

take place 发生；出现 p.43 take pride in 为??感到自豪 p.30 task //, /t{sk/ n. 仸务；工作 p.110 teammate /ti:meIt/ n. 同队队员；队友 p.86 teen /ti:n/ n. 十几岁

（十三至十九岁之间） p.51 text // n. 课文；文本 p.108 textbook /tekstbUk/ n. 教科书；课本 p.1 the more … the more 越??越?? ；愈??愈 p.82 the Olympics /@lImpIks/

动会 p.46 thirsty /T3:(r)sti/ adj. 口渴的；渴望的 p.110 thriller // n. 惊险电影（小说、戏剧） p.67 tie /taI/ n. 领带 v. 捆；束 p.12 till /tIl/ conj. & prep. 到；直到 p.91 / n. 总数；合计 adj. 总的；全体的 p.70 tr{fIk/ n. 交通；路上行驶的车辆 p.75 translate // v. 翻译 p.44 transportation // n. 运输业；交通运输 p.100 treat /tri:t/ n. 款待；招待 v.招待；请（客） p.13 trick /trIk/ n. 花招；把戏 p.13 truck /trVk/ n. 卡车；货车 p.57 U Vgli/ adj. 丑陋的；难看的 p.98 unexpected // adj. 出乎意料的；始料不及的 p.91 unit ju:nIt/ n. 单位；单元 p.52 upside down 颠倒；倒转 p.102 V v{lju@bl/ adj. 很有用的；宝贵的 p.58 v{lju:/ v. 重视；珍视 n. 价值 p.75 vIkt@ri/ n. 胜利；成功 p.62 W war /wO:(r)/ n. 战争；战争状态 p.66 warmth /wO:(r)mT/ n. 温暖；暖和 p.14 warn /wO:(r)n/ v. 警告；告诫 p.14

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

（特指）那个人的

widely waIdli/ adv. 广泛地；

普遍地

wing /wIN/ n. 翅膀；翼

p.18 without doubt 毫无疑问；的确 p.43 p.83 wolf /wUlf/ n. 狼 p.59 p.42 / adj. 木制的；木头的 p.86 p.98 worker /w3:(r)k@(r)/ n. 工作者；工人 p.91 p.91 World War II 第二次世界大战 p.66 worth /w3:(r)T/ adj. 值得；有??价值（的） p.76 p.57 wound /wu:nd/ n. 伤；伤口；创伤 p.70 p.34 Z p.111 zipper /zIp@(r)/ n. (= zip) 拉链；拉锁 p.42 p.22

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

Irregular Verbs

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

9年级英语 2014年人教版新目标九年级电子课本(Word版)

五 : 2013年人教版九年级物理电子课本

第1节两种电荷

在干燥的天气里，衣服表面容易吸附灰尘；与头发摩擦过的塑料尺、塑料笔杆，能吸起纸屑；用塑料梳子梳头，头发会随着梳子飘起来……

两种电荷

为什么会出现上述这些现象呢？这是因为摩擦过的物体带了“电”，或者说带了电荷（electric charge）。用摩擦的方法使物体带电，叫做摩擦起电。带电的物体间存在怎样的相互作用呢？

演示

电荷间的相互作用 1. 用丝绸摩擦两根玻璃棒，手持一根玻璃棒，靠近另一根被吊起的玻璃棒（图15.1-1）。观察有什么现象发生。

2. 手持用毛皮摩擦过的橡胶棒，靠近被吊起的用丝绸摩擦过的玻璃棒。观察有什么现象发生。

32 物理九年级图15.1-1 电荷间的相互作用

实验发现，电荷间有相互作用，相同电荷及不同电荷间相互作用不同。

人们还发现，无论用什么方法带电，物体所带的电荷或者与丝绸摩擦过的玻璃棒带的电荷相同，或者与毛皮摩擦过的橡胶棒带的电荷相同。自然界只有两种电荷。人们把用丝绸摩擦过的玻璃棒带的电荷叫做正电荷（positive charge），用毛皮摩擦过的橡胶棒带的电荷叫做负电荷（negative charge）。同种电荷互相排斥，异种电荷互相吸引。

物体所带电荷有多有少，电荷的多少叫做电荷金属球

金属杆绝缘垫量。为了方便起见，电荷量也可简称电荷。电荷量

的单位是库仑（column），简称库，符号是C。一

根实验室中常用的玻璃棒或橡胶棒，摩擦后所带的

? 电荷量大约只有10 C。

实验室里常用验电器来检验物体是否带电。用金属箔带电体接触验电器的金属球，就有一部分电荷转移到验电器的两片金属箔上，这两片金属箔带同种电荷，由于互相排斥而张开（图15.1-2）。图15.1-2 验电器能显示物体是

否带电

原子及其结构

通过前面的学习我们知道，常见的物质是由分子、原子构成的。有的分子由多个原子构成，有的分子只由一个原子构成。

20世纪初科学家发现，原子也有进一步的结

构，它的中心是原子核，在原子核周围，有一定数目的电子（electron）在核外运动。电子是带有

?19 最小负电荷的粒子，所带电荷量为1.6×10 C。

原子核带正电。在通常情况下，原子核所带的正电荷与核外所有电子所带的负电荷在数量上相等，原子整体不显电性，物体对外也不显电性。

氢原子的结构最简单，原子核中有1个正电荷

第十五章电流和电路 33

（其电荷量与电子电荷量相等），核外有1个电子。

氦原子核中有2个正电荷，核外有2个电子（图 +1

H 1 +2 He 2 15.1-3）。

不同物质的原子核束缚电子的本领不同。当两

个物体摩擦时，哪个物体的原子核束缚电子的本领图15.1-3 氢原子和氦原子

的结构

弱，它的一些电子就会转移到另一个物体上。失去电子的物体因为缺少电子而带正电，得到电子的物体因为有了多余电子而带等量的负电。摩擦起电并不是创造了电荷，只是电荷从一个物体转移到另一个物体，使正、负电荷分开。

导体和绝缘体

带电的物体有时会与其他的物体接触，从而失去电荷。那么，什么物体容易传导电荷，什么物体不容易传导电荷呢？下面我们通过实验来研究。

演示

电荷在金属棒中的定向移动

取两个相同的验电器A和B，使A带

电， B不带电。可以看到A的金属箔张开， B的金属箔闭合。 A B

1. 用橡胶棒把A和B连接起来（图图15.1-4

15.1-4），观察A、B金属箔的张角有什么

变化。

2. 再次使A带电，B不带电。用带

有绝缘柄的金属棒把A和B连接起来（图

15.1-5），观察A、B金属箔的张角有什么 A B

图15.1-5变化。与用橡胶棒的情况一样吗？

实验现象是，用橡胶棒连接，验电器图15.1-5

34 物理九年级

A、B金属箔的张角没有变化；用金属棒连接，验

电器A的金属箔张开的角度减小，B的金属箔由闭

合变为张开。这表明，验电器B也带了电。就是说，

有一部分电荷通过金属棒从A移动到了B，电荷发生

了移动。

电荷在金属中可以定向移动，说明金属是

可以导电的。有的物体容易导电，叫做导体

（conductor）。金属、人体、大地、石墨、食盐水溶

液等都是导体。有的物体不容易导电，叫做绝缘体

（insulator）。橡胶、玻璃、塑料等都是绝缘体。

在金属中，部分电子可以脱离原子核的束缚，

而在金属内部自由移动，这种电子叫做自由电子。

金属导电，靠的就是自由电子。

1. 有甲、乙、丙三个带电体，甲物体排斥乙物体，乙物体吸引丙物体。如果丙物

体带正电，甲物体带哪种电？

2. 如图15.1-6，用一段细铁丝做一个支架，作为转

动轴，把一根中间戳有小孔（没有戳穿）的饮料吸管放

在转动轴上，吸管能在水平面内自由转动。用餐巾纸摩

擦吸管使其带电。

（1）把某个物体放在带电吸管一端的附近，发现吸

管向物体靠近，由此是否可以判断该物体已经带电？

（2）把丝绸摩擦过的玻璃棒放在带电吸管一端的附近，观察吸管运动的方向，并回答：吸管带的是哪种电？餐巾纸带哪种电？为什么？

（3）吸管和餐巾纸摩擦起电时，哪个失去了电子？哪个得到了电子？

3. 金属锡的原子核带有50个大小与电子电荷相等的正电荷，它的原子核外有多少图15.1-6 饮料吸管的静电实验个电子？这些电子总共带多少库仑的电荷？为什么金属锡对外不显电性？

第十五章电流和电路 35

本文标题：人教版九年级上册课本-第9课故乡(人教版九年级上)
本文地址： http://www.61k.com/1060040.html

上一篇：用手机连接电脑上网-电脑连接手机用手机流量上网
下一篇：百度手写输入-Baidu.XXX遭抢注落入“欧洲百度”手中

教师活动		学生活动
1．提问：作者通过对比描写了故乡景物的变化、故乡人的变化、“我”回乡心情的变化，作者为什么要描写这许多变化?		1．回答：文章题为“故乡”，就是意在通过对比来突出描写“回忆”中的故乡和“现实”中的故乡的反差，从而表达作者对 “理想”故乡的向往的情感。
2．提问：“我”的心情变化与故乡种种变化有何关系? 3．指导学生理解“我”离乡时的复杂心情。 4．提问：“我躺着，听船底潺潺的水声，知道我在走我的路。”应该怎样理解? 5．提问：“我想到希望，……，我的愿望茫远罢了。”应该怎样理解? 6．提问：“希望是本无所谓有，无所谓无的。这正如地上的路；其实地上本没有路，走的人多了，也便成了路。”应该怎样理解? 7．分析讲解：注意将语句联系起来看， “我”的复杂情感反映了“现实”故乡对“我”“回忆”中的故乡的毁灭，而对于“理想”中的故乡的构思又伴随着彷徨和希望。	2．回答：“我”回乡心情的变化是故乡种种变化对“我”心情影响的直接表现。 3．朗读“我”离乡的段落，体会文中情感。 4．回答：隐含意义是指我在探索、跋涉生活的路、希望的路、国家和民族的路。 5．回答：反映了“我”在前进道路上的彷徨和茫然，缺乏创造新生活的信心和勇气。 6．回答：关键在于人应该去争取、创造，应该积极面对未来。作者没有承诺，但是给了我们希望，鼓励我们去追求。 7．再次朗读离乡的段落，结合教师的讲解品味作者的复杂情感。

61阅读

人教版九年级上册课本-第9课故乡(人教版九年级上)

九年级上册语文作业本答案人教版

九年级语文教案

初中语文教案